近十年全国高考英语阅读理解真题汇编

2021-01-11 来源：乌哈旅游

近十年全国高考英语阅读理解真题汇编

(WORD版本真题试卷+名师详细解析答案)

(约900页阅读理解专项练题，值得下载练习)

第1题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国Ⅱ）B

. They feel

Some people have the feeling that nothing can be done about their poor reading ability(能力）hopeless about it. Can you learn to read better or must you agree that nothing can be done about it?

To be sure, people are different. You cannot to do everything as well as certain other people do. It al the students in a class tried out for basketball, some would be very good players; others would be very poor; and many would be in between. But even the very poor players can become much better players if they are guided in the right way, and with plenty of practice. It is the same with reading. Some seem to enjoy reading and to read well without any special help. Others find reading a slow and tiring job. In between, there are all degrees of reading ability.

Many experiments have shown that just about every poor reader can improve his reading ability. In these experiments, the poor readers were given tests of reading ability After some of the causes of their poor reading were discovered, they were given special instruction and practice in reading. After a few months, another test of the same kind was given. In nearly all cases, these people had raised their reading scores.

46. With the example of basketball players, the author shows_________. A. why certain people are poor readers

C. why some people are good basketball players D. that good basketball players can be good readers 47.To improve their reading ability, people should ________. A. work long and hard

C. have special help and practice

B. take different forms of tests D. try different reading materials B. that there are differences in people

‘s abilities

48. The experiments mentioned in the text show that _________. A. good readers seem to enjoy reading

C. causes of poor reading are difficult to find out D. tests help people improve their reading ability 答案46. B

解析:这是一道归纳题。通过学习打篮球的例子是有差异的。

47. C

(有人打得好,有人差,有人中等）说明人在某方面的能力B. almost all poor readers can make progress

解析:这是一道细节判断题。根据第三段―After some of the causes of their poor reading were discovered,they were given special instruction and practice in reading.到提高。

48. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第三段

―In nearly all cases,these people had raised their reading scores.可以推

‖

可以判断出如果给予特别的指导和练习‖

,阅读水平可以得

断出几乎所有阅读能力差的人都可以得到提高。

第2题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国Ⅱ）D

It is difficult for doctors to help a person with a damaged brain. Without enough blood, the brain lives for only three to five minutes. More often the doctors can‘t fix the damage. Sometimes they are afraid to try something. to help because it is dangerous to work on the brain. The doctors might make the person worse if he operates on the brain.

Dr. Robert White, a famous professor and doctor, thinks he knows a way to help. He thinks doctors should

make the brain very cold. If it is very cold, the brain can live without blood for 30 minutes. This gives the doctor a longer time to do something for the brain.

Dr. White tried his idea on 13 monkeys. First he taught them to do different jobs, then he operated on them.

He made the monkeys

‘ blood back to the monkeys

‘ brains. When the brain

‘, Dr. White ℃s temperature was 10

stopped the blood to the brain. After 30 minutes he turned the blood back on. He warmed the blood again. After their operations the monkeys were like they had been before. They were healthy and busy Each one could still do the jobs the doctor had taught them.

53. The biggest difficulty in operating on the damaged brain is that _________. A. the time is too short for doctors C. the damage is extremely hard to fix

B. the patients are often too nervous

D. the blood-cooling machine might break down

54. The brain operation was made possible mainly by __________. A. taking the blood out of the brain C. having the blood go through a machine 55. With Dr. White

B. trying the operation on monkeys first D. lowering the brain

‘s temperature

‘s new idea, the operation on the damaged brain ___________.

B. can keep the brain

‘s blood warm

A. can last as long as 30 minutes C. can keep the patient

‘s brain healthy D. can help monkeys do different jobs

56. What is the right order of the steps in the operations?. a. send the cooled back to the brain c. have the blood cooled down A. a, b, c, d 答案53. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段More often the doctors can3&5分钟,没有足够手术时间。

54. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段brain can live without blood for 30 minutes.为可能。

55.A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段brain can live without blood for 30 minutes.

56. B

解析:这是一道排序题。根据最后一段温后的血液输入大脑

Dr. White利用猴子做试验的顺序

,应该是先把血液降温

,然后把降

―He thinks doctors should make the brain very cold. If it is very cold,the 可以推断出大脑损伤手术时间可以延长到‖

30分钟。

―He thinks doctors should make the brain very cold. If it is very cold,the 可以推断出通过降低大脑温度可以延长大脑存活时间‖

,使得手术成

―Without enough blood,the brain lives for only three to five minutes.

B. c, a, b, d

b. stop the blood to the brain

d. operate on the brain

C. c, b, d, a

D. b, c, d, a

‘t fix the damage.可知大脑损伤手术的最大难度在于大脑缺血后生存的时间只有‖

,然后切断大脑血液做手术。

第3题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国Ⅱ）E

Most people want to know how things are made. They honestly admit, however, that they hardly know a thing when it comes to understanding how a piece of. music is made. Where a composer (作曲家）

begins, how he

manages to keep going- in fact, how and when he learns his trade - all are covered in complete darkness. The composer, in short, is a man of mystery (神秘）.

One of the first things the common man wants to know about is the part inspiration (

灵感）plays in a

composer‘s work. He finds it difficult to believe that composers are not much interested in that question. Writing music is as natural for the composer as eating or sleeping for all. Music is something that the composer happens to have been born for.

The composer, therefore, does not say to himself: working today?

―Do I feel inspired?‖ He says to himself.―Do I fee

‖ And if he feels like working, he does. It is more or less like saying to himself:

stay up. If the composer doesn‘t feel sleepy you

‘t feel like

sleepy？‖if you feel sleepy .you go to sleep. If you donworking, he doesn

‘t work. It

‘s as simple as that.

57. What would be the best title for the text?. A. Composer: a man of mystery C. Relation between sleeping and music 58. The words

B. Practice makes good music D. Music: product of nature

‖ underlined in Paragraph 1 most probably mean _______.B. without any light D. not known

―covered in complete darkness

A. difficult to be made C. black in color

59. Most people seem to think that a composer ____________. A. finds it difficult to write music C. should like to talk about inspiration

B. considers it important to have a good rest D. never asks himself very simple questions

60. The author will most probably agree that composers __________. A. are born with a gift for music C. work late at night for their music 答案57. A

解析:这是一道主旨题。文章主要介绍了作曲家给人的神秘感和他们工作的方式。指出有时候好音乐来自灵感式,D选项文中没有提到。

58. D

解析:这是一道推理题。根据第一段开始,怎么发展,他怎么学习的这门手艺是不为人知的意思。

59. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段inspiration plays in a composer

―One of the first things the common man wants to know about is the part ‘s work. He finds it difficult to believe that composers are not much interested in

,可以推断出大众认为作曲家应该

―The composer,in short,is a man of mystery.可以推断出作曲家从哪里‖,都不为人知,所以才会神秘,可以推断出―covered in complete darkness

‖　

B选项不对因为文中

B. are people full of mystery

D. know a lot about eating and sleeping

,C选项不对是因为文章引用作曲和睡觉的关系是作为例子说明作曲家的工作方

that question.可知大众不能理解作曲家并不关心灵感在作曲工作中的作用‖比较关注灵感。

60.A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段可知作曲家对于工作就像人对于睡眠一样他们对于作曲有一种天赋。

(是一种本能）,也就是说

第4题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（北京卷）

EXERCISE IN EXACTLY 4 MINUTES PER DAY!$14,615

TIME IS IT. Over 92% of people who own exercise equipment and 88% of people who own health club memberships do not exercise. A 4-minute complete workout is no longer hard to believe for all the people who have bought our excellent Range of Motion machine （ROM）since 1990. Over 97% of people who rent our ROM for 30 days end up buying it, due to the health benefits experienced during that tryout and the ROM performance score that tells the story of health and fitness improvement. At under 20 cents per use, the 4-minute ROM exercise is the least expensive full body complete exercise a person can do. How do we know that it is under 20 cents per use? Over 90% of ROM machines go to private homes, but we have a few that are in commercial use for 12 years and they have endured over 80,000 uses each, without need of repair. The ROM 4-minute workout is for people from 10 to over 100 years old and highly trained athletes as well. The ROM balances blood sugar, and repairs bad backs and shoulders. Too good to be true? Get our free video and see for yourself. The best proof for us is that 97% of rentals become sales. Please visit our website at www. fitness.com or call（800）123-6460.

Factory Showroom: ROMFAB, 823 Main Street, Baton Rouge, LA 70893 Fax:（800）123-6461 Email: sales@fimess.com 56. What is ROM?

A. A piece of exercise equipment. C. A commercial health club.

57. How many people bought ROM after trying it out? A. 92%.

B. 88%.

C. 97%.

D. 90%.

B. A club membership card. D. An electric wheelchair.

58. One selling point of ROM is that__________ . A. it makes full body exercise possible in 4 minutes B. it can kill back and shoulder pains in 10 minutes

C. it needs no repair in the first 20 years D. it is sold on a 3-month trial basis

59. The advertisement is made believable by__________ . A. telling stories 答案56. A

解析:这是一道细节推断题。根据本文是个机器,而不是健身卡或者俱乐部

―Over 90% of ROM machines go to private homes.可知‖ROM首先

B. using figures

C. making comparisons D. asking questions

,另外根据―The ROM balances blood sugar,and repairs bad backs and

,可以推断出ROM是个健身器械。

shoulders.可知‖ROM可以平衡血糖,恢复损坏的背部和肩膀

57. C

解析:这是一道细节推断题。根据第四句

―Over 97% of people who rent our ROM for 30 days end up buying

it‖，可知有97％租用了30天的人都买了这个机器。

58. A

解析:这是一道细节推断题。根据第三句

―A 4-minute complete workout is no longer hard to believe for all

）since 1990可知‖ROM使得4分钟

the people who have bought our excellent Range of Motion machine(ROM就可以完成全身锻炼变得可能

59. B

解析:这是一道分析归纳题。文章使用了大量数字介绍了,90％的购买者是私人用户

,但是商业用户使用了,这是它的卖点之一。

ROM的功能和优势。例如97％租用的人都购买

12年都不用修理等等,所以这个广告使用数字使人信服。

第5题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（北京卷）

The Best of Friends

The evidence for harmony may not be obvious in some families. But it seems that four out of five young people now get on with their parents, which is the opposite of the popularly-held image teenagers locked in their room after endless family quarrels.

An important new study into teenage attitudes surprisingly shows that their family life is more harmonious than it has ever been in the past. their families,

―We were surprised by just how positive today

（形象）of unhappy

‘s young people se

‖ said one member of the research team. ―be rebelliousThey‘re expected to （叛逆的）and selfish .but

actually they have other things on their minds: they want a car and material goods, and they worry about whether

school is serving them well. There‘s more negotiation（商议）and discussion between parents and children, and

‘t want to rock the boat.

‖

children expect to take part in the family decision-making process. They don

So it seems that this generation of parents is much more likely than parents of 30 years ago to treat their children as friends. Daniel Lazall. with it.

―My parents are happy to discuss things with me and willing to listen to me,\" says 17-year-old

―I always tell them when I

‘m going out clubbing. As long as they know what I

―Looking back on the last 10 years, there was a lot of what you

‘m

‖ Susan Crome, who is now 21, agrees.

could call negotiation. For example, as long as I

think my grandparents were a lot stricter with my parents than that.

‘d done all my homework, I could go out on a Saturday night. B

‖

Maybe this positive view of family life should not be unexpected. It is possible that the idea of teenage rebellion is not rooted in real facts. A researcher comments,

―Our surprise that teenagers say they get alo

with their parents comes because of a brief period in our social history when teenagers were regarded as different beings. But that idea of rebelling and breaking away from their parents really only happened during that one time in the 1960s when everyone rebelled. The normal situation throughout history has been a smooth change from helping out with the family business to taking it over.

67. What is the popular image of teenagers today? A. They worry about school.

C, They have to be locked in to avoid troubles. 68. The study shows that teenagers donA. share family responsibility C. go boating with their family

69. Compared with parents of 30 years ago, today

B. They dislike living with their parents.

D. They quarrel a lot with other family members. ‘t want to__________ .B. cause trouble in their families D. make family decisions

‘s parents__________ .‖

A. go to clubs more often with their children B. are much stricter with their children C. care less about their children

‘s lifeD. give their children more freedom

70. According to the author, teenage rebellion__________ . A. may be a false belief C. existed only in the 1960s

71. What is the passage mainly about? A. Negotiation in family. C. Harmony in family. 答案

B. Education in family. D. Teenage trouble in family. B. is common nowadays

D. resulted from changes in families

67. D

解析:这是一道细节判断题。根据第一段

―which is the opposite of the popularly-held image of unhappy

可知(青少年）流行的形象是和父母无休止争吵完后‖

teenagers locked in their room after endless family quarrels.把自己锁在屋子里

68. B

解析:这是一道细节判断题。根据第二段最后一句麻烦。―rock the boat是捣乱、制造麻烦的意思。‖

69. D

解析:这是一道细节判断题。根据第三段第一句

,所以给人的印象是常常和其他家庭成员争吵。

―They don‘t want to rock the boat.可知孩子们不想制造‖

―So it seems that this generation of parents is much more

和Susan Crome的描述―Looking back on the ‖

30年前上一代的父母更

likely than parents of 30 years ago to treat their children as friends.last 10 years,there was a lot of what you could call negotiation.善于把孩子当成朋友看待

70. A

解析:这是一道归纳题。根据最后一段第二句

可知这一代的父母比起‖

,Susan说有很多事情都可以和她父母商量。也就是说这一代父母给孩子更多自由。

―It is possible that the idea of teenage rebellion is not rooted in

,所以青少年反叛的观点不一定正确。

real facts.作者认为青少年的反叛的观念并不一定来源于事实‖

71. C

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文主要结束了家庭和睦的问题一代父母的比较,结论是现在的家庭比以往更加和睦。

,比较了这一代父母对待青少年的态度以及和上

第6题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（北京卷）

Hunting

The days of the hunter are almost over in India. This is partly because there is practically nothing left to kill, and partly because some steps have been taken, mainly by banning tiger- shooting, to protect those animals which still survive.

Some people say that Man is naturally a hunter. I disagree with this view. Surely our earliest forefathers, who at first possessed no weapons, spent their time digging for roots, and were no doubt themselves often hunted by meat-eating animals.

I believe the main reason why the modern hunter kills is that he thinks people will admire his courage in overpowering dangerous animals. Of course, there are some who truly believe that the killing is not really the important thing, and that the chief pleasure lies in the joy of the hunt and the beauties of the wild countryside. There are also those for whom hunting in fact offers a chance to prove themselves and risk death by design; these men go out after dangerous animals like tigers, even if they say they only do it to rid the countryside of a threat. I can respect reasons like these, but they are clearly different from the need to strengthen your high opinion of yourself.

The greatest big-game hunters expressed in their writings something of these finer motives （动机）. One of

them wrote:

―You must properly respect what you are after and shoot it cleanly and on the animal

（领地）.

You must fix forever in your mind all the wonders of that particular day. This is better than letting him grow a few years older to be attacked and wounded by his own son and eventually eaten, half alive, by other animals. Hunting is not a cruel and senseless killing－not if you respect the thing you kill, not if you kill to enrich your memories, not if you kill to feed your people.

‖　

I can understand such beliefs, and can compare these hunters with those who hunted lions with spears （矛）and bravely caught them by the tail. But this is very different from many tiger-shoots I have seen, in which modem weapons were used. The so-called hunters fired from tall trees or from the backs of trained elephants. Such methods made tigers seem no more dangerous than rabbits.

72. There is no more hunting in India now partly because__________ . A. it is dangerous to hunt there B. hunting is already out of date C. hunters want to protect animals

D. there are few animals left to hunt

73. The author thinks modem hunters kill mainly__________ . A. to make the countryside safe B. to earn people

‘s admiration

C. to gain power and influence

D. to improve their health

74. What do we learn about the big-game hunters? A. They hunt old animals. B. They mistreat animals. C. They hunt for food. D. They hunt for money.

75. What is the author

‘s view on the tiger-shoots he has seen?

A. Modern hunters lack the courage to hunt face-to-face. B. Modem hunters should use more advanced weapons.

s own t

‘C. Modem hunters like to hunt rabbits instead of tigers. D. Modem hunters should put their safety first. 答案72. D

解析:这是一道细节判断题。根据第一段现在没有什么可以狩猎的动物了。

73. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第三段第一句

―I believe the main reason why the modern hunter kills is that he

可判断出现代猎手狩猎是为了让人们‖

―This is partly because there is practically nothing left to kill.

可知

‖

thinks people will admire his courage in overpowering dangerous animals.羡慕他们制服危险动物的勇气。

74. C

解析:这是一道细节判断题。根据倒数第二段―Hunting is not a cruel and senseless killingthe thing you kill,not if you kill to enrich your 捕杀,需要你尊重猎捕的动物

75. A

memories,not if you kill to feed your people.

,需要为了获得食物。

not if you respect —

可知狩猎不是无情的‖

,可以扩展你的经历

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段―The so-called hunters fired from tall trees or from the backs of trained elephants. Such methods made tigers seem no more dangerous than rabbits.‖可以推断出作者认为这些狩猎者没有勇气,不敢和猎物面对面厮杀

,这样的捕猎和打兔子一样没有危险性。

第7题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（天津卷）A

The city of Rome has passed a new to prevent cruelty to animals. All goldfish bowls are no longer allowed and dog owners must walk their dogs.

This comes after a national law was passed to give prison sentences to people who desert cats or dogs. ―The civilization of a city can be measured by this, new law.

―It‘s good to do whatever we can for our animals who in exchange for a little love fill our existence with their attention,

‖ she told a Rome newspaper.

‘t give enough oxygen for fish and may make them go blind.

‖ said Monica Carina, the councilor (议员）behind the

The newspaper reported that round bowls don

―Rome has tried to protect fish more than anywhere else in the world . It stands out for recognizing that fish are interesting animals who deserve（值得）over respect and compassion every bit as much as dogs and cats and other animals,

‖ said Karin Robertson, a director of the People for the Ethical Treatment of Animals.

Last year a law was passed in Italy that gives people who desert pets big fines （罚款）and prison sentences. Since then local governments have added their own animal protection rules.

The northern city of Turin passed a law in April to give pet owners fines of up to their dogs three times a day.

The new law in Rome also says that owners mustnthem look lovelies. The law also gives legal recognition to the over the city from ancient ruins to modern office car parks.

36. The new law passed in Rome will ____ _ A. help improve fishing environment C. stop people from catching goldfish

B. guarantee better conditions for goldfish D. discourage keeping goldfish at home

‘t leave their dogs in hot cars or cut their dogs

―cat ladies

＄598 if they do not walk

‖ who feed homeless cats

37.People in Rome believe that the civilization of a city can be judged by its___________ A.Exchanges with other cities C.

awareness of animal protection

protection for ancient ruins D.Recognition of animal lovers

38. The underlined word A. pity

B. praise

―compassion‖ph 6 is the closest in meaning to ____ in Paragra

C. support

D. popularity

39. People may break the law in Turin if they ____ _ A. keep their dogs or cats in cars C. raise their cats near ancient ruins 答案36. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第五段

―The newspaper reported that round bowls don

,金鱼的生活条件将更好。

‘t give enough oxygen for

B. feed homeless animals in car parks D. shut their dogs home all day long

fish and may make them go blind.可以推断出禁止金鱼碗后‖

37. C

解析:这是一道推理题。根据第三段第一段这些保护动物的措施

38. A

―The civilization of a city can be measured by this这里的this‖，指的是

,所以罗马居民认为城市文明体现在保护动物的意识上。

解析:这是一道词义猜测题。思。

39. D

compassion和前面的词义类似,是―同情‖的意思,pity也是―同情、怜悯‖的意

解析:这是一道推理题。根据倒数第二段―The northern city of Turin passed a law in April to give pet owners fines of up to $598 if they do not walk their dogs three times a day.可知在Turin‖法律规定如果每天遛狗不到次将会被罚款。所以在

Turin把狗整天关在家里是违法的。

第8题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）(A）

What do you want to be when you grow up? A teacher? A doctor? How about an ice-cream taster? Yes, there really is a job where you can get paid to taste ice-cream. Just ask John Harrison, an Tester‖ for the past 21 years. Testing helps manufacturers to be sure of a product

―Official Taste

‘s quality. Durin

Harrison has been responsible for approving large quantities of the sweet ice cream — as well as for developing over 75 flavors (味道）.

Some people think that it would be easy to do this job:vc after all, you just have to like ice cream, right? No there‘s more to the job than that, says Harrison, who has a degree in chemistry. He points out that a dairy or food-science degree would be very useful to someone wanting a career in this

―cool‖ field.

—

In a typical morning on the job, Harrison tastes and assesses 60 ice-cream samples. He lets the ice cream warm up to about 12℉. Harrison explains, stir it, creating ice-cream soup.

‖

―You get more flavor from warmer ice cream, which is why some kids like to

While the ice cream warms up, Harrison looks over the samples and grades each one on its appearance. ―Tasting begins with the eyes,

‖ he explains. He checks to see if the ice cream is attractive and asks himself,

‖ Next it

‘s time to taste!

the product have the color expected from that flavor?

Continuing to think up new ideas, try out new flavors, and test samples from so many kinds of ice cream each day keeps Harrison busy but happy — working at one cool job.

65. What is John HarrisonA. An official. C. A chemist.

‘s job?

B. An ice-cream taster. D. An ice-cream manufacturer.

‖, it is helpful to ______.

66. According to John Harrison, to be qualified in the ―cool fieldA. keep a diary of work

B. have a degree in related subjects

C. have new ideas every day D. find out new flavors each day

67. What does Harrison do first when testing ice cream? A. He stirs the ice cream.

C. He tastes the flavor of the ice cream.

B. He examines the color of the ice cream. D. He lets the ice cream warm up.

68. Which of the following is probably the best title of the passage? A. Tasting with Eyes C. John Harrison答案65. B

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第二段ask John Harrison,an ?Official Taste Tester淋获得收入的人，也就是冰淇淋品尝家。

66. B

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第三段to someone wanting a career in this ?cold

67. D

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第四段get more flavor from warmer ice cream.

68. D

解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要以个职业的要求和工作过程。

John Harrison为例子介绍了一个品尝冰淇淋的职业，并说明了这―He lets the ice cream warm up to about 12可知在观察和品尝冰淇淋前，他首先要把冰淇淋加热。‘‖

°F.Harrison explains,?You

―He points out that a dairy or food science degree would be very useful

可以推断出要想从事这个行业，应该有相关学科的学位。‘ field.‖

―Yes,there really is a job where you can get paid to taste ice cream.Just

‘ for the past 21 years.可以推断出John Harrison‖就是通过品尝冰淇

‘s Life

B. Flavors of Ice Cream D. One Cool Job

第9题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）

(You may read the questions first,）SCREENGRABS BBC1

PLANET EARTH 9PM

Fresh Water provides an expensive subject

ITV1

AGATHA CHRISTIE‘S POIROT9 PM

Cards on the Table. Tonight

(B）

‘s mystery

for the third programme in the BBCnew natural history series. Broadly, we investigate the world

concerns the death of one of London‘s fascinating

richest and most mysterious men, Mr

‘s

‘s lakes and rivers and the Shaitana(Alexander Siddig ）who has a

fascination with crime. Shaitana hosts dinner and a game of bridge in his apartment, but when the time comes the first guests to take their leave, they discover that their host has been stabbed through his heart.

CHANNEL 4

creatures which inhabit them. Thus we visit the deepest lake on the planet, Lake Baikal in Siberia. We observe large colonies of Indian

smooth-coated otters (above）looking around. A magical series which give us a real sense of context in relation to the planet we inhabit.

BBC2 FAMILY GUY 11.45PM

Road to Europe. Without proper

identification, Brain and Stewie stow away on a plane they think is leaving for England. Theywrong, and soon they

THE GAMES: LIVE 9 PM

For the first time on The Games, the men fight in a Kendo tournament, using 1.2m shinai (Bamboo swords）. The woman compete in the cycling, racing ‘re

‘re in Saudi Arabia (Brain: wheel-to-wheel on competition bikes with

no brakes. Plus other news the English Institute of sports in Sheffield.

―Oh my God, we are finished. We are lost in the desert.）‖at a beginning of a long trip home.

69. The Fresh Water series at 9 PM ________.

A. explores the lakes, rivers and the creatures in them B. is devoted to the freshwater creatures in the world C. explains the relationship among inhabitants on the earth D. focuses on the deepest river on the planet 70. The phrase A. hide secretly

―stow away‖ most probably means

B. talk excitedly

―_________‖．

D. guide successfully

C. operate easily

71. A mystery story adapted from Agatha ChristieA. BBC1

B. BBC2

‘s novel will be shown on ______.C. ITV1

D. Channel 4

答案69. A

解析：这是一道推断题。根据对于Fresh Water的介绍中―Broadly,we investigate the worldand the creatures which inhabit them.可知―我们在考察世界上的湖泊和河流以及栖息在里面的生物‖

70. A

解析：这是一道推理题。根据法身份，所以应该是偷乘飞机。

71. C

解析：这是一道推断题。根据对于的小说改编的，是在

ITV1播出。

―Cards on the table.的描述可知是由‖

AGATHA CHRISTIE‘S POIROT

Road to Europe的介绍中―Without proper identification可知他们俩没有合‖

‘s lakes and rivers ‖。

第10题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）

Mail carriers will be delivering some good news and some bad news this week.

(C）

The bad news: Stamp prices are expected to rise 2 cents in May to 41 cents, the Postal Regulatory Commission announced yesterday. The good news: With the introduction of a

time Americans have to use annoying 2-or-3-cent stamps to make up postage differences.

Beginning in May, people would be able to purchase the stamps in booklets of 20 at the regular rate of a first-class stamp. As the name implies, the postage rate goes up.

The new ―forever stamp

‖United States Postal Service is the

‘s (USPS）answer to the complaints about

―forever stamps

‖ will keep their first-class mailing value forever, even when

―forever stamp,

‖ it ma

frequent rate increases. The May increase will be the fifth in a decade. Postal rates have risen because of inflation (通货膨胀）, competition from online bill paying, and the rising costs of employee benefits, including healthcare, says Mark Saunders, a spokesman for USPS.

The USPS expects some financial gain from sales of the many 2-or-3-cent stamps. great-grandchildren

―It‘s not your grandfather

‖

―forever stamp

‘s stamp,

‖ and the savings from not pr

‖ says Mr. Saunders. ―It could be your

‘s stamp.

Other countries, including Canada, England, and Finland use similar stamps. Don Schilling, who has collected stamps for 50 years, says heentirely new class of stamps.

‖ Mr. Schilling says. He adds that he

‘s interested in the public

‘s

‘ll buy the stamps because he will be a

them for a long period of time, not because they could make him rich — the volume printed will be too large for collectors.

―We won‘t be able to send our kids to college on these,

‖ he says, laughing.

The USPS board of governors has yet to accept the Postal Regulatory Commission‘s decision, but te

follow its recommendations. No plans have been announced yet for the design of the stamps.

72. The main purpose of introducing a

―forever stamp

‖ is ______.

A. to reduce the cost of printing 2-or-3-cent stamps B. to help save the consumers

‘ cost on first-class mailing

C. to respond to the complaints about rising postal rates D. to compete with online bill paying 73. By saying ―It could be your great-grandchildren

‘s stamp‖, Mr. Saunders means that forever stamps

________.

A. could be collected by one

-grandchildren ‘s great

B. might be very precious in great-grandchildren‘s hands

C. might have been inherited from one-grandfathers ‘s great

D. could be used by one

‘-grandchildren even decades later s great

74. Which of the following is true according to the passage? A. The investment in forever stamps will bring adequate reward. B. America will be the first country to issue forever stamps. C. The design of the

―forever stamp

‖ remains to be revealed.

D. 2-or-3-cent stamps will no longer be printed in the future. 75. What can be concluded from the passage?

A. With forever stamps, there will be no need to worry about rate changes. B. Postal workers will benefit most from the sales of forever stamps. C. The inflation has become a threat to the sales of first-class stamps. D. New interest will be aroused in collecting forever stamps. 答案72C

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第四段―The new ?forever stamp

‘ is the United States Postal Service

the complaints about frequent rate increase.可以推断出发行‖―forever stamp 的目的是应对大众对于邮资频繁‖涨价的抱怨。

s answer

‘73. D

解析：这是一道推断题。由于是74. C

解析：这是一道推理题。根据最后一段知这种邮票的设计方案一直没有公布。

75. A

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第三段―As the name implies,?forever stamps

‘ will keep their first-class mailing

―No plans have been announced yet for the design of the stamps.可

‖

―forever stamp，所以‖USPS会永久地用下去，直到重孙子的年代。

value forever even when the postage rate goes up.可知即使邮资涨了，一等邮费也不会增加，所以不用担心邮‖资涨价。

第11题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）

(D）

The traditional tent cities at festivals such as Glastonbury may never be the same again. In a victory of green business that is certain to appeal to environmentally-aware music-lovers, a design student is to receive financial support to produce eco-friendly tents made of cardboard that can be recycled after the bands and the crowds have gone home.

Major festivals such as Glastonbury throw away some 10,000 abandoned tents at the end of events each year. For his final year project at the University of the West of England, James Dunlop came up with a material that can be recycled. And to cope with the British summer, the cardboard has been made waterproof.

Taking inspiration from a Japanese architect, who has used cardboard to make big buildings including churches, Mr. Dunlop used cardboard material for his tents, which he called Myhabs.

The design won an award at the annual New Designers Exhibition after Mr. Dunlop graduated from his product design degree and he decided to try to turn it into a business.

To raise money for the idea, he toured the City

‘s private companies which fund new businesses and found

supporter in the finance group Mint. He introduced his idea to four of Mint

has committed around ￡500,000 to MyHab and taken a share of 30 per cent in Mr. DunlopMyhabs should be tested at festivals this summer, before being marketed fully next year.

‘s directors and won their st. Mint

‘s business. The

Mr. Dunlop said that the design, which accommodates two people, could have other uses, such as for disaster relief and housing for the London Olympics.

For music events, the cardboard houses will be ordered online and put up at the sites by the Myhab team before the festival-goers arrive and removed by the company afterwards. They can be personalized and the company will offer reductions on the expense if people agree to sell exterior (外部的）

advertising space.

The biggest festivals attract tens of thousands of participants, with Glastonbury having some 150,000 each year. Altogether there are around 100 annual music festivals where people camp in the UK. The events are becoming increasingly environmentally conscious.

76. ―Eco-friendly tents

‖ in paragraph 1 refer to tents _______.

A. economically desirable B. favorable to the environment C. for holding music performances

D. designed for disaster relief

77. Mr. Dunlop established his business ______. A. independently with an interest-free loan from Mint B. with the approval of the City‘s administration

C. in partnership with a finance group D. with the help of a Japanese architect

78. It is implied in the passage that _______. A. the weather in the UK is changeable in summer

B. most performances at British festivals are given in the open air C. the cardboard tents produced by Mr. Dunlop can be user-tailored D. cardboard tents can be easily put up and removed by users. 79. The passage is mainly concerned with ______. A. an attempt at developing recyclable tents B. some efforts at making full use of cardboards

C. an unusual success of a graduation project

D. the effects of using cardboard tents on music festivals 答案76. B

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第一段

―a design student is to receive financial support to produce eco-friendly

tents made of cardboard that can be recycled after the bands and the crowds have gone home.可知这种纸板做的帐篷可以回收，所以是有利于环境保护的。

77. C

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第五段―Mint has committed around 500 000 to MyHab and taken a share of 30 percent in Mr.Dunlop

‘s business.可知Mr.Dunlop‖　和Mint是合作方式，Mint提供500 000，分获30%的收益。

78. C

解析：这是一道推断题。根据倒数第二段―They can be personalized可知用户可以对帐篷进行定制。‖

79. A

‖

解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要介绍了节日后大量帐篷被丢弃污染环境的问题。

Mr.Dunlop发明了一种用纸板制作的可回收的帐篷，以解决

第12题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（辽宁卷）E

It may help you to know that there is no such thing as a perfect speech. At some point in every speech, every speaker says something that is not understood exactly as he has planned. Fortunately, such moments are usually not obvious(明显的）

to the listeners. Why? Because the listeners do not know what the speaker plans to say. They

hear only what the speaker does say. If you lose you place for a moment, wrongly change the order of a couple of sentences, or forget to pause at a certain point, no one will be any the wiser. When such moments occur, don't worry about them. Just continue as if nothing happened.

Even if you do make an obvious mistake during a speech, that doesn't really matter. If you have ever

listened to Martin Luther King's famous speech---\"I have a Dream\

结巴）over

his words twice during the speech. Most likely, however, you don't remember. Why? Because you were fixing your attention on his message rather than on his way of speech-making.

People care a lot about making a mistake in a speech because they regard speech-making as a kind of

performance rather than as an act of communication(交流）. They feel the listeners are like judges in an ice-skating competition. But, in fact, the listeners are not looking for a perfect performer. They are looking for a

well-though-out speech that expresses the speaker's ideas clearly and directly. Sometimes a mistake or two can actually increase a speaker's attractiveness by making him more human.

As you work on your speech, don't worry about being perfect. Once you free your mind of this, you will

find it much easier to give your speech freely.

72. The underlined part in the first paragraph means that no one will ______. A. be smarter than you C. do better than you

B. notice your mistakes D. know what you are talking about

73. You don't remember obvious mistakes in a speech because ______. A. your meaning on the content

C. you don't know what the speaker plans to say D. you find the way of speech-making more important 74. It can be inferred from the passage that ______. A. giving a speech is like giving a performance B. one or two mistakes in a speech may not be had

B. you don't fully understand the speech

C. the listeners should pay more attention to how a speech is made D. the more mistakes a speaker makes, the more attractive he will be. 75. What would be the best title for the passage? A. How to Be a Perfect Speaker C. Don't Expect a Perfect Speech 答案72. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段

―Because the listeners do not know what the speaker plans to say. They

,例如弄错了句子的顺序

,或者没有及时

B. How to Make a Perfect Speech D. Don't Expect Mistakes in a Speech

hear only what the speaker does say.可知如果你在演讲中出现了错误‖停顿,不用在意,因为没人会注意到你的错误。

73. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―Even if you do make an obvious mistake duringa speech,that doesn‘t

really matter....Because you were fixing your attention on his message rather than on his way of speech-making.可‖知听众主要的注意力在演讲的内容上

74. B

解析:这是一道推理题。根据第三段

―Sometimes a mistake or two can actually increase a speaker

,不一定是坏事。

‘s

,所以就算有一些错误也不会被记住。

attractiveness by making him more human.可知有时犯一两个错误会使演讲更加有吸引力‖

75. C

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文的主要观点是完美的演讲是不可能的偶尔犯错误也没有关系。

,听众的注意力主要在演讲的内容上,

第13题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（江苏卷）A

Su Hua is studying at Cambridge, UK. She has bought a bicycle and is worried about security(安全）.Her friend, Kate, found this article and sent it to her.

Introduction

A lot of crime is against bicycles. About 150,000 bicycles are stolen every year and most are never found.You can prevent this happening by following a few careful steps.

Basic Security

Do not leave your bicycle. in out-of-the-way places. Always lock your bicycle when you

leave. Secure it to lampposts or trees. Take off smaller parts and take them with you, for example lights and saddles(车座）.

Locks

Get a good lock. There are many different types in the shops. Buy one that has been tested against attack. Ask for a recommendation from a bike shop.

Marking

Security marking your bike can act as a deterrent to a thief. It can also help the police find your bicycle. It should be clearly written and include your postcode and your house or flat number. This will provide a simple way to identify your bicycle.

Registration

There are a number of companies who will security mark your bicycle for you. They will then put your registration number and personal details on their computer database. Then if your bicycle is found it will be easy to contact you.

Finally

Keep a record of the bicycle yourself: its make, model and registration number. You can even take a photograph of it. This will prove the bicycle belongs to you.

56.Which part of the text gives you information on how to lock up your bicycle when you leave it? A .Locks.

57.The underlined Phrase A.help you recognize your bike C.stop someone stealing your bicycle

B. Marking.

C. Registration.

D.Basic Security. ‖ means________.

―act as a deterrent to a thief

B.help the police find your bicycle D.stop you worrying about your bike

58.The article advises you to keep a record of your bicycle________. A.in the bike shop and your computer C.in a security company and your university 59.The main purpose of this article is ________. A.to tell you what to do if your bicycle is stolen C.to give you advice on where to buy a good lock D.to say why you shouldn答案56. D

‘t keep your bicycle in a quiet place

B.to suggest ways of keeping your bicycle safe

B.in a poilce station and a security company D.by yourself and in a security company

解析:这是一道细节题。根据短文中的―Do not leave your bicycle in out-of-the-way places. Always lock your bicycle when you leave.可判断出在‖Basic Security中给你有关离开时锁自行车的信息。

57. C

解析:这是一道猜义题。根据下文中的―It can also help the police find your bicycle.可判断出画线部分‖deterrent to a thief的意思是‖―防止有人偷你的自行车

58. D

解析:这是一道细节题。根据短文中的

―They will then put your registration number and personal details on

‖。

act a

their computer database.和―Keep a record of the bicycle yourself: its make,model and registration number. You ‖can even take a photograph of it.可判断出由你和保险公司留一份自行车的记录。‖

59. B

解析:这是一道主旨题。这篇短文讲述了如何保证你的自行车的安全车的安全。

,所以其目的是建议你保证你的自行

第14题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（江苏卷）B

Professor Barry Wellman of the University of Toronto in Canada has invented a term to describe the way

many North Americans interact(互动）these days, The term is networked individualism―‖ .This concept is not easy to understand because the words seem to have opposite meanings. How can we be individuals(个体）and be networked at the same time? You need other people for networks.

Here is what Professor Wellman means. Before the invention of the Internet and e-mail, our social networks included live interactions with relatives, neighbors, and friends. Some of the interaction was by phone, but it was still voice, person to person, in real time.

A recent research study by the Pew Internet and American Life project showed that for a lot of people, electronic interaction through the computer has replaced this person-to-person interaction. However, a lot of people interviewed for the pew study say that

‘s a good thing. Why?

In the past, many people were worried that the Internet isolated(孤立）us and caused us to spend too much time in the imaginary world of the computer. But the Pew study discovered that the opposite is true. The Internet connects us with more real people than expected-helpful people who can give advice on careers, medical problems, raising children, and choosing a school or college. About 60 million Americans told Pew that the Internet plays an important role in helping them make major life decisions.

Thanks to the computer, we are able to be alone and together with other people-at the same time! 60.The underlined phrase people_________.

A.stick to their own ways no matter what other people say B.have the rights and freedom to do things of their own interest

C.do things in their own ways and express opinions different from other people D.are able to keep to themselves but at the same time reach out to other people

61.According to the Pew study,what do many people rely on to make major life decisions? A.Networks.

B.Friends.

C.Phones.

D.Parents.

―networked individualism

‖ probably means that by using computers

62.It can be inferred from the Pew study that________.

A.people have been separated from each other by using computers B.the Internet makes people waste a lot of time and feel very lonely C.the Internet has become a tool for a new kind of social communication D.a lot of people regard the person-to-person communication as a good thing 63.Which would be the best title for this passage? A. We‘re Alone on the Internet.

C. We‘re Alone Together on the Internet.答案60. D

解析:这是一道猜义题。根据短文的最后一句话

―Thanks to the computer,we are able to be alone and together

networked individualism的意思是―我们既可以独自一B. We‘re Communicating on the Internet. D. We‘re in the Imaginary World of the Internet.

with other people—at the same time!可判断出画线部分‖人待着又同时能与其他人保持着联系。

61. A

解析:这是一道细节题。根据倒数第二段中的

―About 60 million Americans told Pew that the Internet plays

可判断出许多人依靠因特网作出决定。‖

an important role in helping them make major life decisions.

62. C

解析:这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段中的

―Before the invention of the Internet and e-mail,our social

networks included live interactions with relatives,neighbors,and friends. Some of the interaction was by phone,but it was still voice to voice,person to person,in real time.

63. C

可判断出因特网已成为一种新的社会交流工具。‖

解析:这是一道标题选择题。这篇短文介绍了所创造的一个新概念了当人们上网聊天时

networked individualism,这个概念揭示

,所以这篇短文最好的题目

,既保持一个人独处的状态又可以同时与其他人保持联系

是:We‘re Alone Together on the Internet。

第15题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（江苏卷）C

Experience the newly opened Grand Canyon(大峡谷）West Skywalk in Colorado. Departing from Grand Canyon‘s South Rim by Airplane to Grand Canyon

‘,you will land and take a ground tour to the s West Rim

Skywalk! Walk on air for 70 feet over the edge of Grand Canyon West.

This Skywalk has been open since March 28,2007.Daily visitorship to the Skywalk has been over 4,000 people. Please be patient to enjoy your moment on the Skywalk.

After you have experienced the one and only Grand Canyon Skywalk Glass Bridge, you will return to the Canyon West West Airport and take your Airplane for a flight back to the South Rim of the Canyon. This is a tour never to be forgotten as you will have walked on air over the Grand Canyon.

Tour Duration Flight from Grand Canyon South Rim to Grand Canyon West

Light Lunch at Guano point at Grand Canyon West

2 Hours 5.7Hours 1Hour

The Grand Canyon Adventure Skywalk Experience a bird

-eye view of the Grand ‘ｓ

Canyon as you make your way to Grand Canyon West

You will be taken by bus to Guano Point with breathtaking views of the western part of the Grand Canyon where the Colorado River makes its way into Lake Mead. Every table for lunch has a view.

Walk on the World Famous South Skywalk

1.5 Hours

Finally you will board your bus to Eagle Point, home of the Grand Canyon Skywalk, Now it is time for you to walk on air for 70feet over the Grand Canyon.

Flight Back to Grand Canyon South Rim

1.2 Hours

After time on the Skywalk, you will return to the Grand Canyon West Airport and return to

Grand Canyon South Rim time for dinner and sunset.

64.This advertisements is for__________. A.Grand Canyon West C.Grand Canyon

B.Grand Canyon South D.the Skywalk

65.The package fee does NOT cover the cost of__________.

66.The Grand Canyon Skywalk Bridge is made of glass because_______. A.it looks stronger C.it looks more beautiful

B.it is cheaper to build D.it gives you a better view

67.According to the Tour Itinerary, the route is _______. A.South RimB.South Rim

→Guano Point→West Airport

→West Airport→Guano Point→Eagle Point→Eagle Point

→Eagle point→Eagle point→Guano point→West Airport

→West Airport→West Airport→West Airport→Guano Point

→South Rim→South Rim→South Rim→South Rim

C.South Rim→West AirportD.South Rim→West Airport答案64. D

解析:这是一道细节题。根据第一段中的Colorado. Departing from Grand Canyon

―Experience the newly opened Grand Canyon West Skywalk in ‘s South Rim by Airplane to Grand Canyon

‘s West Rim,you will la

可判断出这篇广

take a ground tour to the Skywalk! Walk on air for 70 feet over the edge of Grand Canyon West.告是有关空中行走的广告。

65. A

‖

解析:这是一道细节题。根据广告中的内容可判断出费用包括了乘坐飞机和汽车到空中行走的地点、空中行走和餐饮而不包括住宿。

66. D

解析:这是一道细节题。根据短文中的

―Experience a bird-eye view of the Grand Canyon as you make your ‘ｓ

way to Grand Canyon West.可判断出‖Grand Canyon Skywalk Bridge用玻璃建成的原因是游客可以鸟瞰大峡谷。

67. B

解析:这是一道细节题。根据广告中的旅程可判断出选项B是正确的。

第16题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（浙江卷）B

People who have lost the ability to understand or use words due to brain damage are called aphasics(失语症

患者）. Such patients can be extremely good at something else. From the changing expressions on speakersand the tones of their voices, they can tell lies from truths.

Doctors studying the human brain have given a number of examples of this amazing power of aphasics. Some have even compared this power to that of a dog with an ability to find out the drugs hidden in the baggage.

Recently, scientists carried out tests to see if all that was said about aphasics was true. They studied a mixed group of people. Some were normal; others were aphasics. It was proved that the aphasics were far ahead of the normal people in recognizing false speeches — in most cases, the normal people were fooled by words, but the aphasics were not.

Some years ago, Dr. Oliver Sacks wrote in his book about his experiences with aphasics. He mentioned a particular case in a hospital. Some aphasics were watching the president giving a speech on TV. Since the president had been an actor earlier, making a good speech was no problem for him. He was trying to put his feelings into every word of his speech.

But his way of speaking had the opposite effect on the patients. They didn

‘ fa

‘t seem to believe him.

burst into laughter. The aphasics knew that the president did not mean a word of what he was saying. He was lying!

Many doctors see aphasics as people who are not completely normal because they lack the ability to understand words. However, according to Dr. Sacks, they are more gifted than normal people. Normal people may get carried away by words. Aphasics seem to understand human expressions better, though they cannot understand words.

45. What is so surprising about aphasics? A. They can fool other people.

C. They can understand language better. 46. How did the scientists study aphasics? A. By asking them to watch TV together. C. By comparing them with normal people. 47. What do we learn from this text?

B. By organizing them into acting groups. D. By giving them chances to speak on TV. B. They can find out the hidden drugs. D. They can tell whether people are lying.

A. What one says reflects how one feels. B. Aphasics have richer feelings than others.

C. Normal people often tell lies in their speeches. D. People poor at one thing can be good at another. 答案45. D

解析:这是一道细节题。根据第一段中的―From the changing expressions on speakers

‘ faces and the tones of

their voices,they can tell lies from truths.

可判断出失语症患者最令人吃惊的是他们能搞清楚人们是否说谎。‖

46. C

解析:这是一道细节题。根据第三段中的

―Recently,scientists carried out tests to see if all that was said about aphasics was true. They studied a mixed group of people. Some were normal; others were aphasics.可判断出科学家通过把失语症患者与正常人进行比较的办法对他们进行研究。

47. D

解析:这是一道推断题。短文的第一段

―People who have lost the ability to understand or use words due to

brain damage are called aphasics. Such patients can be extremely good at something else.和第三段

―Recently,scientists carried out tests to see if all that was said about aphasics was true. They studied a mixed group of people. Some were normal; others were aphasics.是这篇短文的主题句。失语症患者虽然由于大脑损伤而失‖去了理解和使用语言的能力，但他们能够根据说话人的面部表情是说话的语调区分出他们说的是谎话还是真话。由此可推断出在某个方面能力弱的人可能在其他方面能力强。

第17题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（浙江卷）D

Tell a story and tell it well, and you may open wide the eyes of a child, open up lines of communication in a business, or even open people

‘s mind to another culture or race.

People in many places are digging up the old folk stories and the messages in them. For example, most American storytellers get their tales from a wide variety of sources, cultures, and times. They regard storytelling not only as a useful tool in child education, but also as a meaningful activity that helps adults understand themselves as well as those whose culture may be very different from their own.

―Most local stories are based on a larger theme,

‖ American storyteller Opalanga Pugh says, 灰姑

娘）, or the central idea of a good child protected by her goodness, appears in various forms in almost every culture of the world.

‖

Working with students in schools, Pugh helps them understand their own cultures and the general messages of the stories. She works with prisoners too, helping them knowing who they are by telling stories that her listeners can write, direct, and act in their own lives. If they don

‘t like the story they are living, they can rewrite the story.

Pugh also works to help open up lines of communication between managers and workers. business,

‖ she says,

― there is a greater need for communication.

―For every ad

‖ Storytelling can have a great effect o either side

of the manager-worker relationship, she says.

Pugh spent several years in Nigeria, where she learned how closely storytelling was linked to the everyday life of the people there. The benefits of storytelling are found everywhere, she says.

―I learned how people used stories to spread their culture,

‖ she says,

― What I do is to focus on

stories that people can translate into their own daily world of affairs. We are all storytellers. We all have a story to tell. We tell everybody‘s story.

‖

52. What do we learn about American storyteller from Paragraph 2? A. They share the same way of storytelling. B. They prefer to tell the stories from other cultures. C. They learn their stories from the American natives. D. They find storytelling useful for both children and adults.

53. The underlined sentence (Paragraph 4）suggests that prisoners can _____. A. start a new life C. direct films

B. settle down in another place D. become good actors

54. Pugh has practiced storytelling with _____ groups of people. A. 2

B. 3

C. 4

D. 5

55. What is the main idea of the text?

A. Storytelling can influence the way people think. B. Storytelling is vital to the growth of businesses.

C. Storytelling is the best way to educate children in school. D. Storytelling helps people understand themselves and others. 答案52. D

解析:这是一道细节题。根据第二段中的―They regard storytelling not only as a useful tool in child

education,but also as a meaningful activity that helps adults understand themselves as well as those whose culture may be very different from their own.

53. A

解析:这是一道猜义题。第四段中的

―If they don

‘t like the story they are living,they can rewrite the story.的

可判断出讲故事对孩子和成年人都有用处。‖

意思是―如果他们对自己生活的故事不满意，他们就可以重新写这个故事

‖。这句话暗示了囚犯也可以改变自

己的生活。

54. B

解析:这是一道计算题。从第四段可知Pugh与学生、囚犯及经理和工人一起讲故事，所以是3组。

55. D

解析:这是一道主旨题。根据短文的内容可判断出这篇短文主旨是讲故事可以影响人们的思维方式。

第18题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（福建卷）

A small town in southwest Britain is banning(

禁止）plastic bags in an attempt to help the environment

and cut waste－a step that environmentalists believe is a first for Europe.

Shopkeepers in Modbury population 1,500, agreed to stop handing out disposable plastic bags to customers

on Saturday. They said paper sacks and cloth carrier bags would be offered instead.

Last month, San Franciso became the first U.S. city to ban plastic grocery bags. Internationally, laws to discourage the use of plastic bags have been passed in parts of South Africa and Ireland, where governments either tax shoppers who use them or fine companies that hand them out. Bangladesh already bans them, and so do at least 30 remote Alaskan villages.

Modbury, about 225 miles southwest of London, has also declared a bag amnesty (宽限期）, allowing local people to hand in plastic bags that have piled up at home. They will be sent for a recveling.

The Modbury ban was the idea of Rebecca Hosking, who saw the effect of bags on marine life while

working in the Pacific as a wildlife camerawoman. She said response(反应）in the town so far had been positive

‖．

―Modbury is quite an old-fashioned town and a lot of people have wicker baskets to go out shopping

anyway,‖ Hosking told Sky News Television.

―really

The Worldwatch Institute, an environmental research agency, states that 100 billion plastic bags are thrown away each year in the United States alone. More than 500 billion are used yearly around the world.

60.What was Rebecca Hosking? A.A lawyer. C.A sailor.

61.The underlined word A.acceptable

―disposableB.valuable

B.An environmentalist. D.A photographer.

‖ in the passage probably means.

C.throw-away

D.long-lasting

62.It can be inferred from the passage that

A.most of the people in Modbury continue to use plastic bags B.fewer and fewer plastic bags will be used in the world. C.San Francisco is the first city to ban plastic bags in the world D.most countries in the world have passed laws to ban plastic bags 63.Which of the following would be the best title of the passage? A. Environmental Protection

C.Effect of Plastic Fags on Sea Animals 答案60. D

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第五段

―The Modbury ban was the idea of Rebecca Hosking,who saw the

fic as a wildlife camerawoman.

可判断出禁止使用塑料袋‖

也就是说Rebecca

B.Big Cities Banning Plastic Bags

D.British Town Banning Plastic Bags

effect of bags on marine life while working in the Paci的主意是一个女野外摄影师Hosking是个摄影师。

61. C

解析：这是一道词义推断题。根据第二段

Rebecca Hosking在观察了塑料袋对海洋生物的影响后提出的，

―They said paper sacks and cloth carrier bags would be offered

instead可判断出塑料袋将被禁止使用，取而代之的是纸袋和布袋，因为塑料袋是用完即被丢弃，纸袋和布‖袋可以重复使用，可以推断出

62. B

解析：这是一道推理题。文中第三段介绍了除了

Modbury外，还有旧金山、Bangladesh、南非和爱尔兰

disposable的意思是―可丢弃‖的。

的部分地区也开始禁止使用塑料袋，可以推断出塑料袋在全世界的使用将越来越少。

63.D

解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要介绍了英国的一个小镇为了保护环境，开始禁止使用塑料袋，进而介绍了其他禁止使用的地区和塑料袋对环境的不良影响。

第19题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖北卷）B

How can a creature weighing over 5 tons and normally taking 150 kilograms of food and 120 liters of water per day survive in a desert environment?

In the southwest African country of Namibia, and the Sahara lands of Mali further north, the desert elephant does just that.

Although not regarded as a separate species from the African elephant, the desert cousin differs in many ways. Their bodies are smaller, to absorb less heat, and their feet are larger for easier walking across sandy surfaces. They are taller, to reach higher branches. They have shorter tusks（象牙），and most importantly, longer trunks to dig for water in riverbeds.

Desert elephants can travel over 70 kilometers in search for feeding grounds and waterholes, and have a larger group of families, They drink only every 3-4 days, and can store water in a

―bag‖ at the back of their throat, which

is only used when badly needed. Desert elephants are careful feeders-they seldom root up trees and break fewer branches, and thus maintain what little food sources are available. Yong elephants may even eat the dung（粪便）of the female leader of a group when facing food shortage.

During drought they are unlikely to give birth to their young but with good rains the birthrate will increase greatly. Desert elephants have sand baths, sometimes adding their own urine (尿液）to make them muddy!

As we continue to overheat our weak planet, it can only be hoped that other animal species will adapt as extraordinarily well to change as the desert elephant.

65. The underlined part in Paragraph 2 meansA.remains in the African countries C.manages to live in desert areas

‖．

―

B.drinks 120 liters of water a day D.eats 150 kilograms of food daily

66.Desert elephants are called careful feeders because they A. rarely ruin trees

C.search for food in large groups

B.drink only every 3-4 days

D.protect food sources for their young

67.The author answers the question raised in the first paragraph with A.stories and explanation

B.facts and descriptions

C.examples and conclusion D.evidence and argument

68.What can be inferred from the last sentence in the passage? A.Overheating the earth can be stopped. C.The planet will become hotter and hotter. 答案65. C

解析:这是一道词义理解题。第一段提出了疑问做到了第一段提到的事情

66. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第四段

―Desert elephants are careful feedersthey seldom root up trees and —

,也就是能在沙漠生存。选项

,第二段是解答第一段的疑问

,所以―does just that就是指‖

,不全面。

B.Not all animal species are so adaptable. D.Not all animals are as smart as desert elephants.

B、D都是在沙漠生存的具体表现

break fewer branches可知他们被叫做‖―小心的觅食者‖是因为他们很少破坏树木。

67. B

解析:这是一道归纳题。第二段是回答第一段提出的问题在沙漠环境生存。所以回答的方式是用事实和描述。

68. B

解析:这是一道推理题。最后一句指出如果地球再持续过热样适应极端环境,隐含义是其他动物物种不可能适应那种环境。

,只能寄希望于其他动物物种也能像沙漠象一,指出纳米比亚西南撒哈拉沙漠沙漠象可以做到

第20题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖北卷）C

Almost every child is scared of something, from monsters in the cupboard to dogs in the park. But the fact that such fears are common and normal doesn

‘t mean they can be taken lightly. Kids experience fears and phobias (恐

惧症）much more strongly than adults. And the influence of the fear can be physical as well as psychological (心理的）. It can build up so they almost seem scared of everything-a kind of childhood anxiety. Dr. Creswell says: ―Your child may always seem to expect the worst to happen and lack confidence in his or her ability to deal with any challenge.

‖ So don‘t make the same old mistake of treating them as if they

‘re silly for being a

Handing the fears is essential.

Children can be born nervous and., if you have such a baby, youSo if they fear dogs, You

‘ll tend to prevent them from getting w

‘hem away from dogs, but in fact that can just confirm to the child that dogs are ll keep t

scary. What is worse, keeping your child away from what they fear can turn that feeling into a phobia. Instead, you

should encourage them to get in touch with the thing they fear, in a safe and supportive environment. Dr. Andy Field, a researcher of childhood fears, says:

―You should

‘t force, for example, a dog anxious child to go up to

But you can approach it yourself, show them there is nothing to be afraid of, stroke (抚摸）it, and talk about the

dog being friendly. Once your child dares to stroke a dog-one that

‘s good with children, of course-then you should

encourage them to carry on until they feel calmer, and reward them for?being brave

‘.‖

69.Children

‘s fears are usually taken lightly because

A.they will not develop into phobias B.their influence is psychological C.they exist widely in the world

D.they will disappear gradually

70.If we fail to help children to overcome fears, they will .

A.make the same old mistake B.overcome them by themselves C.experience the worst of things

D.grow up lacking self-confidence

71.According to Dr. Andy Field, if a child is afraid of a cat, parents should .

A.tell the child not to be afraid of it B.show the child how to approach it C.keep the child away from it D.ask the child to stroke it

答案69. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段

―But the fact that such fears are common and normal doesn

‘t mean they

can be taken lightly.孩子的恐惧是普遍存在的并不意味着可以被忽视‖,这句话的隐含义是孩子的恐惧心理常

被忽视是因为太普遍了。

70. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据

Dr. Creswell的话,处置孩子的恐惧心理是必要的,否则孩子会总是感到不幸

的事情要发生或者面对挑战缺乏自信。

71. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段和狗接近的例子可知,如果孩子害怕猫,虽然不能强迫孩子接近它

但是可以示范如何去接近

,来消除孩子的恐惧。

第21题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖北卷）

Lmagine you‘re at a party full of strangers. You‘re nervous. Who are these people? How do you start a

conversation? Fortunately, you

‘ve got a thing that sends out energy at tiny chips in everyone标签）.

‘

The chips send back name, job, hobbies, and the time available for meeting-whatever. Making new friends becomes simple.

This hasn

technology.

An RFID tag with a tiny chip can be fixed in a product, under your pet

‘t quite happened in real life. But the world is already experiencing a revolution using RFID

‘s skin, even under yo

Passive RFID tags have no energy source-batteries because they do not need it. The energy comes from the reader, a scanning device(装置）,that sends out energy (for example,radio waves）that starts up the tag immediately.

Such a tag carries information specific to that object,and the data can be updated. Already, RFID technology

is used for recognizing each car or truck on the road and it might appear in your passport. Doctors can put a tiny chip under the skin that will help locate and obtain a patient

‘s medical records. At a nightclub in Paris or

York the same chip gets you into the VIP (very important person）section and pays for the bill with the wave of an arm.

Take a step back:10 or 12 years ago,you would have heard about the coming age of computing. One

example always seemed to surface: Your refrigerator would know when you needed to buy more milk. The concept was that computer chips could be put everywhere and send information in a smart network that would make ordinary life simpler.

RFID tags are a small part of this phenomenon. small devices, connected wirelessly,

―The world is going to be a loosely coupled set of individual

‖ predicts Dr. J.Reich. Human right supporters are nervous about the

possibilities of such technology. It goes too far tracking school kids through RFID tags, they say. We imagine a world in which a beer company could find out not only when you bought a beer but also when you drank it. And how many beers. Accompanied by how many biscuits.

When Marconi invented radio, he thought it would be used for ship-to-shore communication. Not for pop

music. Who knows how RFID and related technologies will be used in the future. Herebuying milk.

76.The article is intended to

‘s a wild guess:

A.warn people of the possible risks in adopting RFID technology B.explain the benefits brought about by RFID technology C.convince people of the uses of RFID technology D.predict the applications of RFID technology

77.We know from the passage that with the help of RFID tags, people

A.will have no trouble getting data about others B.will have more energy for conversation C.will have more time to make friends 78.Passive RFID tags chiefly consist of A.scanning devices

B.radio waves

C.batteries

D.chips

D.won‘t feel shy at parties any longer

79.Why are some people worried about RFID technology? A.Because children will be tracked by strangers. B.Because market competition will become more fierce. C.Because their private lives will be greatly affected. D.Because customers will be forced to buy more products. 80.The last paragraph implies that RFID technology A.will not be used for such matters as buying milk B.will be windely used, including for buying milk C.will be limited to communication uses 答案76. D

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文着重介绍了本文并没有太多介绍这项技术的现实应用应用。

77. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段

―The chips send back name,job,hobbies,and the time available for

RFID技术以及其未来的一些应用前景。主要干扰项是,主要是想象未来利用这一技术可以实现很多原来不可预料的一些

B选项,

D.will probably be used for pop music

meeting—whatever.可以判断出获得别人的信息将更加容易。‖

78. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第三段―An RFID tag with a tiny chip can be fixed in a product签包括一个芯片。

79. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据倒数第二段的最后一句配吃了多少饼干,这暗示在私人信息保密将成为问题。

80. B

,啤酒公司会知道你何时买的啤酒

,何时喝的,以及搭可知RFID‖的标

解析:这是一道推理题。根据最后一句―Here‘s a wild guess:Not for buying milk.这句的意思是不知是买牛‖奶,也就是应用将十分广泛

第22题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖南卷）

One of our biggest fears nowadays is that our kids might some day get lost in a

―sea of techno

experiencing the natural world. Fear-producing TV and computer games are leading to a serious disconnect between kids and the great outdoors, which will changes the wild places of the world, its creatures and human health for the worse, unless adults get working on child

‘s play.

Each of us has a place in nature we go sometimes, even if it was torn down. We cannot be the last

generation to have that place. At this rate, kids who miss the sense of wonder outdoors will not grow up to be protectors of natural landscapes.

the decline in parks use continues across North America, who will defend ―If

parks against encroachment (蚕食）?‖ asks Richard Louv, author of Last Child in the Woods.

Without having a nature experience, kids, can turn out just fine, but they are missing out a huge enrichment of their lives. That applies to everything from their physical health and mental health, to stress levels, creativity and cognitive (认知的）

skills. Experts predict modern kids will have poorer health than their parents

—and they say a

lack of outside play is surely part of it; research suggests that kids do better academically in schools with a nature component and that play in nature fosters (培养）

leadership by the smartest, not by the toughest. Even a tiny

outdoor experience can create wonder in a child. The three-year-old turning over his first rock realizes he is not alone in the world. A clump of trees on the roadside can be the whole universe in his eyes. We really need to value that more.

Kids are not to blame. They are over-protected and frightened. It is dangerous out there from time to time,

but repetitive stress from computers is replacing breaking an arm as a childhood rite（仪式）of passage.

Everyone, from developers, to schools and outdoorsy citizens, should help regain for our kids some of the

freedom and joy of exploring, taking friendship in fields and woods that cement (

增强）

love, respect and need for

landscape. As parents, we should devote some of our energies to taking our kids into nature. This could yet be our greatest cause.

69. The main idea of Paragraph 2 is that __________. A. kids missing the sense of wonder outdoors B. parks are in danger of being gradually encroached

C. Richard Louv is the author of Last Child in the WoodsD. children are expected to develop into protectors of nature

70. According to the passage, children without experiencing nature will _________. A. keep a high sense of wonder

C. be less healthy both physically and mentally D. change wild places and creatures for the better 71. According to the author, childrenA. the fault on the part of their parents C. the result of their own carelessness in play D. the effect of their repetitive stress from computers

72. In writing this passage, the author mainly intends to ________. A. blame children for getting lost in computer games B. encourage children to protect parks from encroachment C. show his concern about children

‘s lack of experience in nature ‘s breaking an arm is ___________.

B. the natural experience in their growing up

B. be over-protected by their parents

D. inspire children to keep the sense of wonder about things around 答案69.D

解析:这是一道主旨题。根据第二段

―At this rate, kids who miss the sense of wonder outdoors will not grow

up to be protectors of natural landscapes可知：不知道户外有多么美妙的孩子长大后不会成为自然的保护者‖隐含义是孩子们应该增强保护自然的意识。

70.C

解析:这是一道推理题。根据第三段

―Without having a nature experience, kids can turn out just fine, but they

are missing out a huge enrichment of their lives. That applies to everything from their physical health and mental health,可以推断出没有经历过自然的孩子错失了丰富其生活的机会‖响。

71.B

解析:这是一道推断题,根据倒数第二段末长的经历。

72.C

―as a childhood rite of passage.可知breaking an arm‖是指孩子成

,无论是身体健康还是心理健康都受到影

解析:这是一道主旨题。作者从一些孩子缺乏对户外和自然的了解引发的一些问题，表达了对孩子成长经历的担忧。

第23题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖南卷）

阅读下面短文，根据

第73至第75小题的具体要求，简要回答问题。

The north magnetic pole (磁极）is no longer a resident of Canada. It has drifted across the Canadian Arctic and is now angling toward Siberia.

Not to be confused with the geographic North Pole—the northern extremity of the Earth‘s axis（地轴），

the north magnetic pole (where the Earth‘s magnetic field is directed downward）is moving due to natural changes

in the Earth

‘s magnetic field, a process that originates about 3, 000 kilometers below our feet, in the outer core（核

心）of the planet. But scientists are now noticing that the magnetic pole has picked up its pace.

Over the past century, the pole has been migrating at an average speed of about 10 kilometers per year, says Larry Newitt, head of Geomagnetic Laboratory at Natural Resources Canada in Ottawa. Since the 1970s, this speed has increased to about 50 kilometers per year.

Scientists are wondering why the speed is increasing, says Newitt. One Hypothesis (假说）relates it to ―magnetic jerks

‖, sudden shifts (变化）in the rate of change of the magnetic field. There have been three jerks in

the past four decades, each one correlating to an increase in speed.

If the north magnetic pole continues at its current rate, it could reach Siberia by 2056.

―For most of recorded history, the pole has been a part of Canada, and now it

‘s not,

be a blow to our collective psyche, but other than that, it doesn

‘t have a major effect on most people

73. Find in the passage a word closest in meaning to the underlined word angling‖.

―

74. What could happen to the north magnetic pole by the middle of the 21 century? (回答词数不超过8个）

75. What is the main idea of the passage? （回答词数不超过8个）

答案

73. Moving/ Migrating

74. It could reach Siberia 75. The north magnetic pole is moving faster.

第24题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷新课标）A

How should one invest a sum of money in these clays of inflation (通货膨胀）? Left in a bank it will

hardly keep its value, however high the interest rate. Only a brave man, or a very rich one, dares to buy and sell on

‘

‖the Stock Market. Today it seems that one of the best ways to protect your savings, and even increase your wealth is to buy beautiful objects from the past. Here I am going to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks, which I personally consider are among the most interesting of antiques.

I sometimes wonder what a being from another planet might report back about our way of life.

Earth is ruled by a mysterious creature that sits or stands in a room and makes a strange ticking sound. It has a face with twelve black marks and two hands. Men can do nothing without its permission, and it fastens its young round people‘s wrists so that everywhere men go they are still under its control. This creature is the real master of Earth and men are its slaves.

‖

―The plane

Whether or not we are slaves of time today depends on our culture and personality, but it is believed that many years ago kings kept special slaves to tell the time. Certain men were very clever at measuring the time of clay according to the beating of their own hearts. They were made to stand in a fixed place and every hour or so would shout tire time. So it seems that the first clocks were human beings.

However, men quickly found more convenient and reliable ways of telling the time. They learned to use the shadows cast by the sun. They marked the hours on candles, used sand in hour- glasses, and invented water-clocks. Indeed, any serious student of antique should spend as much time as possible visiting palaces, stately homes and museums to see some of the finest examples of clocks from the past.

Antique clocks could be very expensive, but one of the joys of collecting clocks is that it is still possible to

find quite cheap ones for your own home. After all, if you are going to be ruled by time, why not invest in air antique clock and perhaps make a future profit?

41. According to the passage, collecting antique clocks____. A. can hardly keep the value of your savings C. may increase your wealth 42. By quoting (引用）

B. will cost much of your savings D. needs your bravery

the remark of a being from another planet, the author intends to____.

A. suggest human beings are controlled by a clock B. describe why clocks can rule the planet Earth C. tell readers what clocks look like

D. compare chicks to human beings

43. Which of the following is NOT mentioned as a way to measure the time? A. Counting the beating of one

C. Observing shadows cast by the sun.

‘s own heart.B. Making use of candles, sand and water.

D. Keeping slaves busy day and night.

44. The underlined phrase stately homes in paragraph 4 means

A. state-owned houses

C. grand houses open to the public 45. The purpose of the passage is

A. to introduce the culture of antique clocks

B. houses in very good condition

D. houses where statesmen meet regularly

B. to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks C. to compare different ways to make a future profit D. to explain convenient and reliable ways of telling time 答案41. C

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第一段中的

―Today it seems that one of the best ways to protect your savings

and even increase your wealth is to buy beautiful objects from the past.Here I am going to offer some advice on collecting antique clocks,which I personally consider are among the most interesting of antiques.代的钟表可以致富。

42. A

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段中的young people

―Men can do nothing without its permission,and it fastens its

可判断出收藏古

‘s wrists so that everywhere men go they are still under its control.可判断出作者暗示人类使钟表‖

的控制。it指的是钟表。

43. D

解析：这是一道正误判断题。第三段中的

―Certain men were very clever at measuring the time of day

according to the beating of their own hearts.和第四段中的―‖They learned to use the shadows cast by the sun.They marked the hours on candles,used sand in hour-glasses,and invented water-clocks.可判断出人们曾经通过数自己‖的心跳、使用蜡烛、沙子和水和观察太阳的阴影来计算时间，是错误的。

44. C

解析：这是一道猜义题。根据这句话中的的巨大的房子。

45. B

解析：这是一道主旨题。这篇短文的第一段说明收藏古代的钟表可以致富。在最后一段，作者又对收藏古代的钟表的问题进行了讨论，最后以

―After all,if you are going to be ruled by time,why not invest in an

palaces和museums可判断出stately homes指的是向公众开放

但没有讲使奴隶整日整夜地忙碌，

所以选项D

antique clock and perhaps make a future profit?结束，说明这篇短文的目的是对收藏古代的钟表提供一些建‖议。

第25题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷新课标）B

Do you want to live with a strong sense of peacefulness, happiness, goodness, and self- respect? The

collection of happiness actions broadly categorized as

―honorhis life of good feelings. ‖ help you create t

Here‘s an example to show how honorable actions create happiness.

Say a store clerk fails to charge us for an item. If we keep silent, and profit from the clerk

would drive home with a sense of sneaky excitement. Later we might tell our family or friends about our good fortune. On the other hand, if we tell the clerk about the uncharged item, the clerk would be grateful and thank us for our honesty. We would leave the store with a quiet sense of honor that we might never share with another soul.

Then, what is it to do with our sense of happiness? In the first case, where we don

‘t tell the clerk, a couple of things would happen. Deep down inside we would

know ourselves as a type of thief. In the process, we would lose some peace of mind and self-respect. We would also demonstrate that we cannot lie trusted, since we advertise our dishonor by telling our family and friends. We damage our own reputations by telling others. In contrast, bringing the error to the clerk

attention causes different

‘ｓ

things to happen. Immediately the clerk knows us to be honorable. Upon leaving the store, we feel honorable and our self-respect is increased. Whenever we take honorable action we gain the deep internal rewards of goodness and a sense of nobility.

There is a beautiful positive cycle that is created by living a life of honorable actions. Honorable thoughts lead to honorable actions. Honorable actions lead us to a happier existence. And itagain when we‘re happy. While the positive cycle can be difficult to start, once it

Keeping on doing good deeds brings us peace of mind, which is important for our happiness.

46. According to the passage, the positive action in the example contributes to our A. self-respect

B. financial rewards

C. advertising ability

D. friendly relationship

‘s easy to think ‘s started, it

47. The author thinks that keeping silent about the uncharged item is equal to___. A. lying 48. The phrase

B. stealing

C. cheating

D. advertising

‘s attention）means___. ‖ (in para. 5

―bringing the error to the clerk

A. telling the truth to the clerk B. offering advice to the clerk

C. asking the clerk to be more attentive D. reminding the clerk of the charged item

49. How will we feel if we let the clerk know her mistake? A. We‘ll be very excited. C. We‘ll have a sense of honor.

B. We‘ll feel unfortunate.D. We‘ll feel sorry for the clerk.

50. Which of the following can be the best title of this passage? A. How to Live Truthfully C. Ways of Gaining Self-respect 答案46. A

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第五段中的―Upon leaving the store,we feel honorable and our self-respect is increased.可判断出积极的行为可以增强我们的自尊心。‖

47. B

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第五段中的

―In the first case, when we don

‘t tell the clerk, a couple of things

B. Importance of Peacefulness

D. Happiness through Honorable Actions

would happen. Deep down inside we would know ourselves as a type of thief.款的东西保持沉默，是一种盗窃行为。

48. A

解析：这是一道猜义题。根据第五段中的bringing the error to the clerk

49. C

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第五段中的

可判断出作者认为如果对没有付‖

―Immediately the clerk knows us to be honorable.可判断出‖

意思是‘s attention―告诉售货员真相‖。

―Upon leaving the store, we feel honorable and our self-respect

is increased.可判断出如果我们让售货员知道了她的错误，我们会有一种诚实的感觉。‖

50. D

解析：这是一道标题选择题。作者在这篇短文的第一段点明了主题：broadly categorized as 短文的最好的题目是

The collection of happiness actions

―honor‖ help you create this life of good feelings.并在下文中举例说明了这个主题。所以

Happiness through Honorable Actions。

第26题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷新课标）

Malaria, the world

‘s most widespread parasitic(寄生虫引起的）

disease, kills as many as three million people

every year—almost all of whom are under five, very poor, and African. In most years, more than five hundred

million cases of illness result from the disease, although exact numbers are difficult to assess because many people don‘t (or can）seek care. It is not unusual for a family earning less than two hundred dollars a year to spend a ‘ｔquarter of its income on malaria treatment, and what they often get no longer works. In countries like Tanzania, Mozambique, and the Gambia, no family, village, hospital, or workplace can remain unaffected for long.

Malaria starts suddenly, with violent chills, which are soon followed by an intense fever and, often,

headaches. As the parasites multiply, they take over the entire body. Malaria parasites live by eating the red blood cells they infect (感染）. They can also attach themselves to blood vessels in the brain. If it doesn

‘t kill you, malaria

can happen again and again for years. The disease passed on to humans by female mosquitoes infected with one of four species of parasite. Together, the mosquito and the parasite are the most deadly couple in the history of the earth—and one of the most successful. Malaria has five thousand genes, and its ability to change rapidly to defend itself and resist new drugs has made it nearly impossible to control. Studies show that mosquitoes are passing on the virus more frequently, and there are more outbreaks in cities with large populations. Some of the diseasespread is due to global warming.

For decades, the first-choice treatment for malaria parasites in Africa has been chloroquine, a chemical

which is very cheap and easy to make. Unfortunately, in most parts of the world, malaria parasites have become resistant to it. Successful alternatives that help prevent resistance are already available, but they have been in short supply and are very expensive. If these drugs should fail, nobody knows what would come next.

51. According to paragraph 1, many people donA. they are too poor

C. they can remain unaffected for long

D. there are too many people suffering from the disease 52. People suffering from malaria___. A. have to kill female mosquitoes C. have their red blood cells infected

B. have ability to defend parasites D. have sudden fever, followed by chills

‘t seek care because___.

B. it is unusual to seek care

53. Which of the following may be the reason for the wide spread of the disease? A. Its resistance to global warming.

B. Its ability to pass on the virus frequently.

C. Its outbreaks in cities with large populations. D. Its ability to defend itself and resist new drugs. 54. It can be inferred from the passage that___. A. no drugs have been found to treat the disease

B. the alternative treatment is not easily available to most people

C. malaria has developed its ability to resist parasites D. nobody knows what will be the drug to treat the disease

55. Which of the following questions has NOT been discussed in the passage? A. How can we know one is suffering from malaria? B. How many people are killed by malaria each year? C. Why are there so many people suffering from malaria D. What has been done to keep people unaffected for long 答案51. A

解析：这是一道推断细节题。根据第一段中的

―It is not unusual for a family earning less than two hundred

可判

dollars a year to spend a quarter of its income on malaria treatment,and what they often get no longer works.断出许多人不进行治疗的原因是他们太穷，没有钱治疗疟疾。

52. C

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第二段中的

―Malaria parasites live by eating the red blood cells they infect.

可判断出人们患疟疾的原因是他们的红血球受到了感染。

53. D

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第二段中的―Malaria has five thousand genes,and its ability to change rapidly to defend itself and resist new drugs has made it nearly impossible to control.可判断出疟疾广泛传染的原因是它有‖保护自己和抵抗新药的能力。

54. B

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据最后一段中的

―Successful alternatives that help prevent resistance are

already available,but they have been in short supply and are very expensive.可推断出由于新的治疗疟疾的药物‖缺乏并且很贵，所以大多数人不能用新的治疗方法治疗。

55. D

解析：这是一道正误判断题。根据短文的内容可判断出短文没有涉及

―做什么来使人们长时间不感染？

‖　

第27题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（江西卷）(D）

Brian Walker chews pens. He bites them so hard that his boss has warned him to stop or buy his own. Kate‘s weakness is more acceptable-she is unable to walk past a cake shop without overeating Sophia

Cartier finds her cigarette habit a headache, while Alice-sucking drives her boy friend crazy. Four people ‘s thumb

with very different habits, but they all share a common problem anxiety disorder or, in serious cases. Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD）.

From nail-biting to too much hand-washing, overeating and internet addictionalmost every workplace and countless home.

（上瘾）,OCD is widespread in

―It is a relatively common form of anxiety,‖says Dr. M

main feature of OCD is the repetition of unwanted obsessive（过度的）thoughts such as worries that doors are left unlocked , gas or electrical appliances are left on.or electrical appliances.

Dr. Mootee says that repetitive washing, particularly of the hands, is the most common type of OCD. She has treated many patients who wash their hands up to 30 times a day. The technique Mootee uses to treat people with OCD is called cognitive-behavioral therapy（认知行为疗法）. ―It is based on the general idea that people have the ability to change the way they think and behave,

But when does a habit become a problem?if you can

‘t put up with it, then it

‖says Mootee.

―It‘s personal,

‖says Mootee.

‖In order to fight against the an easy checking door locks a

―Everyone has something u

‖

‘s a problem and you need to do something to change it.

people resist for treatment because they fear they are―crazy‖. But as people become more knowledgeable

these problems they will go and get help. The only way to core is to conquer.

68. If a person suffers from OCD, be is likely to keep doing any of the following EXCEPT A. chewing pens C. sucking fingers

B. hurting himself D. biting nails

69. According to the passage, a person suffering from OCD A. reduces his/her anxiety by taking drugs C. has unwanted thoughts about habits 70. Dr. Mootee

B. gets into unwanted habits to relieve stress D. has unwanted thoughts because of illness

‘s treating technique is based on the idea that.

B. people can put up with their problems

A. everyone has something different

C. people can change their way of thinking and action D. people tend to repeat their obsessive actions 71. By saying

―The only way to cure is to conquer. Mootee suggests that an OCD sufferer ‖Dr.

B. must cure his illness by himself

A. has to be an extraordinary person C. must overcome many physical illnesses

D. should have a right attitude towards the problem

答案68. B

解析：这是一道正误判断题。根据短文中的

Brian Walker chews pens. while Alice

‘s thumb-sucking drives

her boy friend crazy 和From nail-biting to too much hand-washing可判断出hurting himself不包括在OCD的病症之中。

69B

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第二段中的

―The main feature of OCD is the repetition of unwanted obsessive

thoughts such as worries that doors are left unlocked ,gas or electrical appliances are left on.可判断出患‖OCD病的人养成不需要的习惯的原因是释放压力。

70. C

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第三段中的

―It is based on the general idea that people have the ability to

change the way they think and behave可判断出‖Dr. Mootee治疗的理念基于人们具有改变自己思维和行为方式的能力。

71. D

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据最后一段中的problems they will go and get help.们对这些问题有正确的态度。

第28题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（江西卷）The literal meaning of philosophy is

(E）

―But as people become more knowledgeable about these

可判断出Dr. Mootee‖说―The only way to cure is to conquer.的目的是使人‖

―love of wisdomBut this meaning does not tell us very ‖．

much . Unlike the other disciplines（学科）,philosophy cannot e defined by what you study ,because it is actually unlimited. Anything can be the subject matter of philosophy: are, history, law, language, literature, mathematics, and in fact, the other academic disciplines are directly related to philosophy. For this reason you get a Doctorate（博士学位）of Philosophy (Ph. D. ）in biochemistry, or computer science, or psychology.

Two broad sub-fields of philosophy are logic and the history of philosophy. Logic is the science of argument

and critical thinking . It provides sound methods for distinguishing good from bad reasoning. The history of philosophy involves the study of major philosophers and periods development of philosophy.

Of what use is philosophy? First it is useful in educational advancement . It is necessary for understanding other disciplines. Only philosophy questions the nature of the concepts used in a discipline, and its relation to other disciplines. And through the study of philosophy, one develops sound methods of research and analysis that can be applied to any field.

There are a number of general uses of philosophy. It strengthens one‘s ability to solve problems, to

communicate, to organize ideas and issues, to persuade, and to take what is the most important form a large quantity of data. These general uses are of great benefit in the career field, not necessarily for obtaining onejob after graduation ,but for preparing for preparing of responsibility, management and leadership later on. It is very shortsighted after all, to take a course of studies only for the purpose of getting one

skills developed through the study of philosophy have significant long-term benefits in career advancement. No other discipline systematically follows the ideals of wisdom, leadership, and capacity to resolve human conflict.

72. According to Paragraph 1. philosophy can best be described as the study of A. social sciences

C. both social and natural sciences 73. With the study of philosophy, you can A. become a great leader

B. natural sciences D. the subject matter of politics .

‘s f

B. succeed in everything

C. find a good job soon after graduationD. make progress in your career development 74. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE?

A. Philosophy is an independent discipline. B. Logic helps you to become a better thinker. C. The study of philosophy brings you immediate benefits. D. The meaning of philosophy is too limited to define. 75. From the passage, we can conclude A. not all the subjects have to do with philosophy

B. a person will get a Ph. D. if he/she studies philosophy C. philosophy can be helpful for the study of any other subjects D. philosophy is the only solution to all the problems in the world 答案72. C

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第一段中的

―Anything can be the subject matter of philosophy:

art,history,law,language,literature,mathematics,...and in fact,the other academic disciplines are directly related to philosophy.可判断出哲学包括了社会科学和自然科学，‖mathematics属于自然科学。

73. D

因为art,history,law,language,literature属于社会科学，

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据最后一段中的―The useful skills developed through the study of

就会使

philosophy have significant long-term benefits in career advancement.可推断出如果一个人学习了哲学，‖他在事业发展方面取得进步。

74. B

解析：这是一道正误判断题。根据第二段中的断出逻辑可以使你成为更好的思想家。

75. C

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第三段中的

―Logic is the science of argument and critical thinking.可判‖

―And through the study of philosophy,one develops sound

methods of research and analysis that can be applied to any field.可判断出如果一个人学习了哲学，就会对他在‖任何学科方面有帮助。

第29题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（安徽卷）

Many filets suggest that children are overweight and the situation is getting worse according to the doctors. I feel there are a number of reasons for this.

Some people blame the fact that we are. surrounded (包围）by shops selling unhealthy, fatty foods, such as fried chicken and ice cream, at low prices. This has turned out a whole generation of grown-ups who seldom cook a meal for themselves. If there were fewer of these restaurants, then probably children would buy less take-away food.

There is another argument that blames parents for allowing their children to become overweight, I agree with this, because good eating habits begin early in life, long before children start to visit fast food shops. If children are given fried chicken and chocolate rather than healthy food, or are always allowed to choose what they eat, they will go for sweet and salty foods every time, and this will carry on throughout their lives.

There is a third reason for this situation. Children these days take very little exercise. They do not walk to school. When they get home, they sit iii front of the television or their computers and play computer games. Not only is this an unhealthy pastime(消遣）, it also gives them time to eat more unhealthy food. What they need is to go outside and play active games or sports.

The above are the main reasons for this problem, and therefore we have to encourage young people to be more active, as well as steering them away from fast food shops and bad eating habits.

56. According to the text, what kind of children may eat more unhealthy food? A. Those who often take exercise. C. Those who often have meals at home.

B. Those who often watch television. D. Those who often walk to school.

57. The author thinks that children are becoming overweight because___________. A. their parents often cook meals for them C. they can58. The word A. forcing

‘t choose what to eat―steering

B. they are too busy to go out and play D. there are too many fast food shops around

‖ underlined in the last sentence most probably means _________ B. guiding

C. driving

D. moving

59. Tile main purpose of the text is to____________. A. tell a story 答案56. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据倒数第二段

―When they get home,they sit in front of the television or their

B. provide facts

C. give advice

D. compare opinions

computers and play computer games. Not only is this an unhealthy pastime(消遣）,it also gives them time to eat more unhealthy food.可知他们在家里看电视的时候，有时间吃更多不健康的食品。‖

57. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―Some people blame the fact that we are surrounded (包围）by shops

可知孩子发胖的原因之一是身边有太多卖不健‖

selling unhealthy,fatty foods,such as fried chicken and ice cream康食品，肥胖食品的快餐店。

58. B

解析:这是一道词义猜测题。根据最后一段可知，为了解决孩子太胖的问题，需要让孩子们远离快餐店和不良饮食习惯。B和C两个选项在意思和语法上都是对的，选项更好。

59. C

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文分析了几个使孩子变胖的因素并提出了如何控制孩子变胖的建议，目的是建议让孩子让孩子们远离快餐店和不良饮食习惯。

第30题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（安徽卷）

As societies develop, their members start to see things not so much according to what they need, but

according to what they want. When people have enough money, these wants become demands.

Now, it

‘s important for the managers in a company to understand what their customers want if they are

但是对待孩子应该引导，

而不是驱赶，所以B

going to develop effective marketing strategies (策略）. There are various ways of doing this. One way at supermarkets(超市）, for example, is to interview (采访）customers while they

‘re doing their shopping. They can

be asked what they prefer to buy and then the results of the research can be studied. This provides information on

which to base future marketing strategies. It‘s also quite normal for top managers from department stores to spend a

day or two each month visiting stores and mixing freely with the public, as if they were ordinary customers, to get an idea of how customers act.

Another way to get information from customers is to give them something. For example, some fast food

restaurants give away tickets in magazines or on the street that permit customers to get pan of their meal for nothing. As well as being a good way of attracting customers into the restaurants to spend their money, it also allows the managers to get a feel for where to attract customers and which age-groups to attract.

Another strategy used at some well-known parks such as Disneyland is for top managers to spend at least

one day in their work, touring the park dressed as Mickey Mouse or something like that. This provides them with a perfect chance to examine the scene and watch the customers without being noticed.

64. The text is designed for____________. A. managers

B. salesmen

C. researchers

D. customers

65. Which of the following can help managers get useful information? A. Visiting customers themselves. C. Visiting parks as ordinary customers. 66. What does the word A. Visiting Disneyland. C. Acting Mickey Mouse.

67. The main idea of the text is____________. A. how to do market research C. how to find out customers

B. how to develop marketing strategies

‘ social needs

B. Giving customers free food on the street.

D. Asking customers questions at supermarkets.

―this‖ underlined in the last sentence refer to?

B. Wearing attractive clothes. D. Dressing up and walking around.

D. how to encourage customers to spend more money 答案64. A

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文介绍了如何发现消费者的需求来制定销售策略，从而提高销售量。而且举了集中管理者采用的方法，所以主要是写给管理者的。

65. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―One way at supermarkets,for example,is to interview customers while

they‘re doing their shopping. ...This provides information on which to base future marketing strategies.可知采访顾客(问顾客问题）是得到有用信息的一种方式。

66. D

解析:这是一道指代题。根据上一句

―Another strategy used at some well-known parks such as Disneyland is

for top managers to spend at least one day in their work,touring the park dressed as Mickey Mouse or something like that.可知‖this是指的上一句迪斯尼经理做的工作，也就是化妆后到处走。

67. A

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文主要介绍了如何做市场调查获得由于的消费者信息，了解消费者需求，来制定销售策略。

第31题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（安徽卷）

The summer I was ten, my mother decided to bring us to the world of art. My brother and I were not very excited when we realized what my mother meant. What she meant was not that we could take drawing classes or painting classes but that we would have to spend one afternoon a week with her at the Fine Arts Museum. Before each visit to the museum, she made us read about artists and painting styles(风格）. It was almost as bad as being in school. Who wants to spend the summer thinking about artists when you could be with your friends at the swimming pool?

First we had to read about ancient Egyptians (古埃及人）

and their strange way of painting faces and then

go to look at them at the museum. My 12-year-old brother thought this was so funny, but I was not interested. Later we had to learn, about artists in the Middle Ages who painted people wearing strange long clothing. We had to look at pictures of fat babies with wings and curly(鬈曲的）paintings. I certainly couldn

hair and with no clothes on flying around the edges of

‘t see what was so great about art.

On our last visit to the museum, something happened when I saw a painting by a woman called Mary. In it, a woman was reading to a child. The colors were soft and gentle, and you could tell by the motherhappy she was just to be with the child. I couldn

‘s

‘t stop looking at this painting! I wanted to see every painting M

had ever made! It was really worth looking at so many paintings to find a painter who could interest me so much.

68. The aim of the motherA. take them to visit the museum C. ask them to read about artists 69. What was the writerA. She came to feel her motherC. She hardly enjoyed herself.

‘s plan was to___________.

B. introduce them to the world of art

D. show them different painting styles

‘s experience in the museum before the last visit?

‘s love.B. She liked many paintings.

D. She could understand the pictures of fat babies.

70. What made the writer go through a change that summer?

A. One of Mary‘s paintings. B. A strange way of painting. D. Her mother

‘s instruction.

C. Artists in the Middle Ages.

71. From the text, we can see ___________. A. the importance of curiosity C. the value of learning 答案68. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段

B. the effect of art

D. the power of family education

―...my mother decided to bring us to the world of art...but that we would

可知这个母亲带孩子去画展的目的是向‖

have to spend one afternoon a week with her at the Fine Arts Museum他们介绍艺术世界。

69. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―My 12-year-old brother thought this was so funny,but I was not

interested.可知在最后一次去画展前，作者对画展并不感兴趣。‖

70. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段

―I couldn‘t stop looking at this painting ! I wanted to see every

painting Mary had ever made! It was really worth looking at so many paintings to find a painter who could interest me so much.可知作者很喜欢‖

71. B

解析:这是一道归纳题。作者原来对艺术并不十分感兴趣，看了作用。

第32题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（安徽卷）

Meeting people from another culture can be difficult. From the beginning, people may send the wrong signal (信号）. Or they may pay no attention to signals from another person who is trying to develop a relationship.

Different cultures emphasize (强调）the importance of relationship building to a greater or lesser degree.

For example, business in some countries is not possible until there is a relationship of trust. Even with people at work, it is necessary to spend a lot of time in

―small talk

Mary的画后受了感染，这就是艺术的

Mary的画，在此之前作者并不喜欢艺术，是

Mary的画让作者有了改变。

‖, usually over a glass of tea, before they do an

many European countries—like the UK or France— people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at restaurants or cafes rather than at the office.

Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures. I once made a speech in Thailand. I had expected my speech to be a success and start a lively discussion instead there was an uncomfortable silence. The people present

just stared at me and smiled. After getting to know their ways better, I realized that they thought I was talking too much. In my own culture, we express meaning mainly through words, but people them sometimes feel too many words are unnecessary.

Even within Northern Europe, cultural differences can cause serious problems. Certainly, English and

German cultures share similar values; however, Germans prefer to get down to business more quickly. We think that they are rude. In fact, this is just because one culture starts discussions and makes decisions mom quickly.

People from different parts of the world have different values, and sometimes these values are quite

against each other. However, it we can understand them better, a multicultural environment (offer a wonderful chance for us to learn from each other.

72. In some countries, eating together at restaurants may make it easier for people to___________. A. develop closer relations C. get to know each other

B. share the same culture D. keep each other company

多元文化环境）

will

73. The author mentions his experience in Thailand to show that___________. A. the English prefer to make long speeches

B. too many words are of no use

C. people from Thailand are quiet and shy by nature D. even talk and silence can he culturally different

74. According to the text, how can people from different cultures understand each other better? A. By sharing different ways of life. C. By recognizing different values.

75. What would be the best title for the text? A. Multicultural Environment. C. How to Understand Each Other. 答案72. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段restaurants or caf

73. D

解析:这是一道主旨题。根据第三段

―Talk and silence may also be different in some cultures.可知谈话和沉‖―people find it easier to build up a lasting working relationship at

B. Cross-Cultural Differences. D. How to Build Up a Relationship. B. By accepting different habits. D. By speaking each other

‘ges. s langua

és rather than at the office.可知在一些地方吃饭和喝咖啡比在办公室更容易建立工作关系。‖

默也有文化上的差异。作者在后面举在泰国演讲的例子也是为了说明这一点。

74. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一句―However,if we can understand them better,a multicultural

可知虽然文化之间差异很大，但是加‖

environment will offer a wonderful chance for us to learn from each other.强了解和认识才能互相理解。

75. B

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文主要介绍了不同文化之间的差异，并说明了要加强互相了解和认识。所以―Cross-Cultural Differences作为题目比较恰当。‖

第33题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（四川卷）

‘re not the first

It‘s great fan to explore(探索）new places—it feels like an adventure，even when you know youto have been there. But make sure not to get lost or waste time going round in circles.

● Do the map reading if you

follows the direction youhaving to make a turns or you

‘re being driven somewhere. It

‘ll be easier if you keep turning the map

‘re traveling in. Keep looking ahead so that you can give the driver lots of warning before ‘ll have to move to the back seat.

● Get a group of friends together and go exploring. You'll need a good map, a compass (指南针）, a

raincoat, a cell phone to call for help in case you get lost, and a bit of soars cash for emergencies (应急现金）. Tell someone where you

‘re going before you set out and let them know what time you expect to be back. The test is in

not getting lost. not in seeing how fast you can go, so always stick together，waiting for slower friends to catch up.

● See if your school or a club organizes orienteering activities, in which you need a map and a compass to

find your way. This can be done as a sport, with teams trying to find the way from A to B (and B to C, etc.fastest time, or simply as a spare-time activity. Either way, it

63. Sitting beside the driver, you should___________. A. direct the driver when necessary

C. move to the back sent if feeling uncomfortable D. keep looking at the map to find a place to go to

64. Why do you need to tell someone your exploration plan before serving out? A. To get information when in danger.

C. To share the fun with him/her in exploration. D. To tell him/her what

‘s going on with the group members.

B. To be saved in case or an accident. B. look ahead to see where there

‘s a turn

）in the

‘s not only good fun, but a great way to keep fit.

65. Orienteering activities can______________. A. make people work fast

C. help people forgather other activities

B. help people stay healthy D. make people get prepared for sports

66. The text mainly talks about____________. A. the fun of exploration

C. the way to use a map in exploration 答案63. A

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第二段before having to make a turn,or you

64. B

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第三段―Tell someone where you‘re going before you set out and let them know what time you expect to be back.可以推断出你出发前应该告诉别人你去哪里，‖人会及时救你。

65. B

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第四段项运动不只可以得到乐趣，还能保持体型。

66. D

解析：这是一道主旨题。本文介绍了探险的常识，重点描述了第34题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（四川卷）

3种方法来避免在探险中迷路

―Either way,it

‘s not only good fun,but a great way to keep fit.可知这

‖

何时回来。这样如果有意外别

―Keep looking ahead so that you can give the driver lots of warning ‘ll have to move to the back seat.可知坐在副驾驶应该为司机指路。‖

B. what to bring for exploration

D. how to prevent getting lost in exploration

I believe that my country，Poland，is a perfect example for a place where food is particularly important. When we were little children, we began to understand how much a loaf of bread meant to our parents—to some it might sound silly but for me the custom of kissing bread before you started cutting it was simply amazing. It

common nowadays to treat food that way，since you hardly ever bake your own bread. Besides, everyone would call you crazy if you tried to kiss every bread roll before you ate them! But though we no longer make our food

from scratch (起点）, some customs have been kept—that‘s why I feel so sorry every time I have to throw any food away—even though I no longer live with my parents and nobody would blame me for this anymore!

Many people of our nation are still working as farmers, eating what they grow and harvest and therefore enjoying everything more. It

‘s widely known that you value more anything that needs your effort in the first place.

In most homes in Poland, especially those of farmers, the whole family would try and have their meals together—extremely difficult now, but so rewarding(

值得）! You can share other members

‘ troubles and successes,

give your children some attention, or just sit down for a moment! instead of rushing through life aimlessly. Furthermore, your body，and stomach in particular will be very grateful(感激）for such a time!

In Poland, a wedding，Christmas or even a birthday is celebrated with a great meal. Women in the house get together and cook ,sometimes for a few days before the event，and the extremely good or unusual food will be remembered and widely talked about.

You cannot over-value the importance of food in the country. Whatas interested in the topic as I am.

56. When the writer was a child, he/she _______. A. found people were crazy about bread C. thought that cutting bread was amazing

B. began to realize the importance of food D. learned people hardly baked their own bread

‘s more, almost everyone in Poland will

57. The writer feels very sorry when he/she has to throw away any food because___________. A. he/she makes food from scratch

C. some customs still have effect on him/her D. many people are still working haul as farmers

58. From the text, we can learn that, in Poland, ________. A. most meals can be interesting topics for a long time B. the whole family often bare meals together nowadays C. it

‘s common for women to get together to cook for a few days

B. his/her parents would blame him/her

D. family members can know more about each other by having meals together 答案56. B

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第一段―I believe that my country,Poland,is a perfect example for a place where food is particularly important.When we were little children,we began to understand how much a loaf of bread meant to our parents可知从作者是个小孩的时候就开始明白食物的重要性。‖

57. C

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第一段

―But though we no longer make our food from scratch,some customs

have been kept—that‘s why I feel so sorry every time I have to throw any food away可以推断出我仍然保留着‖(珍惜食物）的习惯，所以会为了不得不扔掉食物而感到难受。

58. D

解析：这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―You can share other members

‘ troubles and successes,give your

可知目前在波兰很

children some attention,or just sit down for a moment instead of rushing through life aimlessly多家庭还是一起吃饭，吃饭时互相分析成功和麻烦，互相了解更多。

‖

第35题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（重庆卷）A

，a son，who understandably was the apple of

The very wealthy English Baron Fitzgerald had only one child

his eye, His wife died when the child was in his early teens. So Fitzgerald devoted himself to fathering the kid. Unfortunately the son died in his late teens.

Meanwhile，Fitzgerald

‘s wealth greatly increased. He spent a lot on art works of the masters. Later Fitzgerald

himself because seriously ill. Before his death. Be bad carefully prepared his will as to how his wealth would be settled—to sell his entire collection at an auction(拍卖）.

Because of the large quantity and high quality of his collection, a huge crowd of possible buyers gathered

for the auction. Many of them were museum directors and private collectors eager to bid(

出价）. Before the

auction，the art works were shown，among which was a painting of Fitzgerald's son by an unknown artist. Because of its pour quality, it received little attention.

When it was time for the auction，the auctioneer gaveled(敲槌）the crowd to attention. First the lawyer read from Fitzgerald's will that the first art work to be auctioned was the painting of his son.

The poor-quality painting didn

‘t receive any bidders ... except onethe old servant who had served the son —

and loved him，and who for emotional reasons offered the only bid.

As soon is the servant bought the painting for less than one English pound, the auctioneer stopped the

bidding and asked the lawyer to read again from the will. The crowd became quiet, and the lawyer read from the will：―Whoever buys the painting of my son gets all my collection.

56. The English Baron Fitzgerald was____________. A. a museum director

B. a master of art

C. an art collector

？

D. an art dealer ‘s son

was over. ‖ Then the auction

57. Why did the old servant bid for the painting of FitzgeraldA. He was devoted to the family. C. He knew the content of the will. 58. Fitzgerald

‘s will showed_____________.

B. He saw that no one hid for it. D. He found it cheap for him to boy.

A. his desire to food the bidders C. his sadness at the death of his son

B. his invaluable love for his son

D. his regret of having no children to take over his wealth 答案56. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段―He spent a lot on art works of the masters.和第三段的‖―Because of the

large quantity and high quality of his collection，‖可以推断出Fitzgerald是个收藏家。

57. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据倒数第二段

―...except onethe old servant who had served the son and loved —

可知老佣人曾为富翁的儿子服务‖

,出于情感的考虑拍下

him,and who for emotional reasons offered the only bid.了这幅画。

58. B

解析:这是一道推理题。根据最后一段,拍下他儿子画像的人将得到所有藏品衡量的。

第36题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（重庆卷）

,说明了他对儿子的爱是无法

Camp memories last forever! We make sure they are unforgettable!

Shadow Ridge Summer Camps offer so many exciting things for campers to do. Unlike other camp programs that include horses as a small part of their program, at Shadow Ridge horses ARE the program！We are 100% horse from stable(马厩）management, nature walks, and track rides to bedroom furnishings.

Horses help us achieve many of our aims. Girls can learn to develop responsibility. self-confidence and

personal connections in their lives while having fun. Using horses as a wonderful told for educationoffer an interesting place for growth and learning.

Imagine each girl having her very own horse to spend time with and a best friend to love and take care of. Each camper is responsible for a horse for the week. Our riding program provides a lot of riding and lesson time. Campers will learn how to take care of the horse and the tack(马具）,as well as how to ride, Days are filled with horse-related activities to strengthen the connection between each girl and horse, as the girls learn to work safely around the horses.

At Shadow Ridge we try to create a loving, caring family atmosphere for our campers. We have

Bunkhouse‖(4 girls），the ―Wranglers Roost

‖）(4 girls，and ―The Hideout

‖(2 girls）in our comfortable 177-year-old

，our camps

farm house. All meals are home cooked, offering delicious and healthy food for the hungry rider.

Our excellent activities create personalized memories of your childT-shirt and a photo album (usually 300-500 pictures）of their stay at camp.

Our camps are offered during Jane，July and August 2007，for small groups of girls aged 13-16 years，not only from Canada but also other parts of the world.

We will send you full program descriptions at year request.

‘s vacation, Each child will receiv

59. What is the main purpose of the passage? A. To attract people to the camps. C. To describe the programs of the camps.

B. To talk about camping experiences. D. To explain the aims of the camps.

60. What do we know about the camp programs at Shadow Ridge? A. Campers are required to wear camp T-shirts. C. Campers learn to cook food for themselves. D. Horse lessons are offered all the year round.

61. The programs at Shadow Ridge mainly aim to help people__________. A. understand horses better C. have fun above other things

62. The passage is written mainly for___________. A. horse riders

D. international travelers 答案59. A

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文是个广告60. B

解析:这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段

―Unlike other camp programs that include horses as a small part of

可以推断出这个夏令营的主题就是马。‖

,介绍了一个夏令营的活动

,目的是吸引孩子们参加这个夏令营。

B. teenage girls

C. Canadian parents B. enjoy a family atmosphere D. achieve an educational purpose

B. Horses play a central role in the activities.

their program,at Shadow Ridge horses ARE the program!

61. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第三段interesting place for growth and learning.

62. C

解析:这是一道推理题。根据倒数第二段

―Using horses as a wonderful tool for education,our camps offer an 可以推断出这个夏令营利用马来使得参加者获得教育。‖

―Our camps are offered during June,July and August 2007,for small

groups of girls aged 13&16 years,not only from Canada but also other parts of the world.可知夏令营主要面向‖13&16岁的女孩开放。干扰项是B项,本题问的是广告主要是面向谁的是他们的家长。

第37题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（重庆卷）

,由于13-16岁的还是孩子,所以广告面向

The African，elephant，the largest lard animal remaining on earth. is of great importance to African ecosystem（生态系统）.Unlike other animals，the African elephant is to a great extent the builder of its environment. As a big

plant-eater，it largely shapes the forest-and-savanna（大草原）surroundings in which it lives，therefore setting the terms of existence for millions of other animals that live in its habitat

It is the elephant

（栖息地）.

‘s great desire for food that makes it a disturber of the environment and an important builder

of its habitat. In its continuous search for the 300 pounds of plants it must have every day，it kills small trees and underbushes，and pulls branches off big trees. This results in numerous open spaces to both deep tropical forests and in the woodlands that cover part of the African savannas. In these open spaces are numerous plants in various stages of grewd that attract a variety of other plant-eaters.

Take the min forests for example. In their natural state，the spreading branches overhead shut out sunlight and prevent the growth of plants on the forest floor. By pulling down trees and eating plants

，elephants make open

spaces，allowing new plants to grow on the forest floor，In such situations，the forests become suitable for large hoofed plant-eaters to move around and for small plant-eaters to get their food as well.

What worries scientists now is that the African elephant has become an endangered species. If the elephant disappears，scientists say，many other animals will also disappear from vast arcos of forest and savanna，greatly changing and worsening the whole ecosystem.

67.What is the passage mainly about？

A. Disappearance of African as habitats for African elephants. B. Presets and savannas do habitats for African elephants. C. The effect of African elephants search for food. D. The eating habit of African elephants. 68. What does the underlined phrase A. Fixing the time. C. Improving the quality.

―setting the terms

‖ must probably mean？

B. Worsening the state. D. Deciding the conditions.

69. What do we know about the open spaces in the passage？A. They result from the destruction of rain forests. B. They provide food mainly for African elephants. C. They are home to many endangered animals.

D. They are attractive to plant-eating animals of different kinds. 70.The passage is developed mainly by ______________. A. showing the effect and then explaining the causes B. pointing out similarities and differences

C. describing the charges in space order 答案67. C

D. giving examples

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文主要介绍了非洲象对于非洲生态系统的重要作用其他物种的生存创造了条件。

68. D

,主要是它们觅食的习惯为

解析:这是一道词义推断题。从上下文可以看出非洲象很大程度上塑造了它们的生存环境这个栖息地创造了生存环境。

69. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

,为其他物种在

―In these open spaces are numerous plants in various stages of growth

that attract a variety of other plant-eaters.可以推断出开阔的空地吸引了很多其他的以植物为食的动物。‖

70. A

解析:这是一道归纳题。第一段先提到了非洲象对环境的作用环境。

第38题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（陕西卷）

,然后具体解释他如何为其他动物创造生存

When former American President Bill Clinton traveled to South Korea to visit President Kim Young Sam,

he repeatedly referred to the Korean president

‘s wife as Mrs. Kim. By mistake, President Clinton

‘s ad

that Koreans have the same naming customs as the Japanese. Clinton had not been told that, in Korea, wives keep their family names. President Kim Young Samaddressed (称谓）as Mrs. Sohn.

President Clinton arrived in Korea directly after leaving Japan and had not changed his culture gears.

His failure to follow Korean customs gave the impression that Korea was not as important to him as Japan.

In addition to Koreans. Some Asian husbands and wives do not share the same family names. This practice

often puzzles(使困惑）English-speaking teachers when talking with a pupil

was named Sohn Myong Suk. Therefore, she should be ‘s wife

‘s parents. They become puzzled ab

the student‘s correct last name. Placing the family name first is common among a number of Asian cultures.

Mexican naming customs are different as well. When a woman marries, she keeps her family name and adds her husband

‘s name after the word de (of）. This affects (影响）how they fill in forms in the United States. When

requested to fill in a middle name, they generally write the fatherthe family name of the mother. This often causes puzzlement.

‘s family name. But Mexicans are add

Here are a few ways to deal with such difficult situations：don‘t always think that a married woman uses her husband‘s last name. Remember that in many Asian cultures, the order of first and last names is reversed (颠倒）.Ask which name a person would prefer to use. If the name is difficult to pronounce, admit it, and ask the person to help you say it correctly.

49.The story of Bill Clinton is used to A. improve US-Korean relations C. describe his visit to Korea 50. The word A. action plans

B. introduce the topic of the text D. tell us how to address a person

―gears‖ in paragraph 2 is closest in meaning to .

B. naming customs

B. uses her husbandD. adds her husband‘d better.

B. use her husband

‘s first name‘s given name‘s given name to hers

C. travel maps

D. thinking patterns

51.When a woman marries in Korea, she A. continues to use her family name C. shares her husband

‘s family name

52.To address a married woman properly, youA. use her middle name C. ask her which name she likes 答案49. B

解析：这是一道推断题。这篇短文的开头讲述了

D. change the order of her names

Bill Clinton访问韩国时，称Kim Young Sam的夫人

Mrs.Kim，而实际上Kim Young Sam的夫人Mrs.Kim被称之为Mrs.Sohn。通过这过故事，作者讲述了韩国姓氏的习惯，由此可推断出

50. D

解析：这是一道词义猜测题。根据第一段中的―By mistake,President Clinton

‘s advisers thought that Koreans

Bill Clinton的故事被用于作为文章的开场白。

have the same naming customs as the Japanese.Clinton had not been told that,in Korea,wives keep their family names.‖可猜测出gears的意思是―思维模式‖。

51. A

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第一段中的

―Clinton had not been told that,in Korea,wives keep their family

names.‖可判断出韩国妇女结婚后仍然姓她们娘家的姓。

52. C

解析：这是一道细节题。根据最后一段中的呼结婚的妇女时，你最好问她她喜欢哪一个姓。

―Ask which name a person would prefer to use.可判断出当称‖

第39题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（陕西卷）D

Teens don‘t understand the big fuss (小题大做）.As the first generation to grow up in a wired world, they

hardly know a time when computers werenchatting with friends, So what?

But researchers nationwide are increasingly worried that teens are becoming isolated(孤寂）,less skillful

at person-to-person relationships, and perhaps numb (麻木）to the cheatings that are so much a part of the e-mail world. limitless,

―And a teen

‘s sense of self and values may be changed in a world where personal connections can be

‘t around, and they eagerly catch the chance to spend hours online,

‖ said sherry Turkle.

Another researcher, Robert Kraut, said he‘s worried about the

―opportunity costs机会成本）

of so ‖（

much online time for youths. He found that teens who used computers, even just a few hours a week, showed increased signs of loneliness and social isolation. worse than hanging out (闲逛）with real friends,

Today‘s teens, however, don

their social lives,

‖ he said.

―Chatting online may be better than watching television, bu

‘t see anything strange in the fact that the computer takes up a central place in

‖ said Parker Rice,

―School is busy and full of pressure. Therealmost no time to just hang out.‘ｓ

‖

17. ―Talking online is just catch up time.

Teens say they feel good about what they say online or taking the time to think about a reply. Some teens

admit that asking someone for a date, or breaking up, can be easier in message form, though they donso. But they insist there

‘s no harm.

‘t want to

53.The researchers argue that

A. teens may develop a different sense of values B. nothing is wrong with teens

‘ chatting online

C. teens can manage their social connections D. spending hours online does much good to teens 54.Teens think that talking online can help them A. use computers properly

C. develop an interest in social skills 55.The text mainly deals with A. teens

B. teens

‘ computer skills and school work

‘ chatting online

B. improve their school work D. reduce their mental pressures

‘ pleasant online experience

C. the effects of the computer world on teens 56.The purpose of the text is to

D. different opinions on teens

A. describe computer research results C. suggest ways to deal with problem teens 答案53. A

解析：这是一道细节题。根据第二段中的

B. draw attention to teens‘ computer habits

D. discuss problems teens have at school

―And a teen‘s sense of self and values may be changed in a world

where personal connections can be limitless可判断出认为青少年可能会发展不同的价值观。‖

54. D

解析：这是一道细节题。根据倒数第二段中的just hang out.

‖ said Parker Rice,17.

―School is busy and full of pressures.There

‘s almost no time to

―Talking online is just catch up time.可判断出青少年认为上网聊天可以帮‖　

助他们减少精神压力。

55. D

解析：这是一道主旨题。这篇短文讲述了有关青少年上网聊天的几种不同观点。56. B

解析：这是一道主旨题。根据这篇短文的内容可判断出这篇短文的目的是引起人对电脑习惯的注意。第40题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（陕西卷）

Lest year more than one million Filipinos worked abroad as servants, nurses, sailors and in other difficult but low-paid jobs. Southeast Asians leave their poorer countries for their richer neighbours.

Many of these wage-earners return in the end. In the meantime, they send home huge amounts of money-in the Philippines

‘ case, over 10% of its GDP. Between January and November, the amount was up 18% on the same

劳务输出）

period of 2005, Poverty and unemployment are still high in the Philippines and other labour-exporting(countries. They would be far worse but for this outflow of bodies and inflow of dollars. As for those Asian

countries that import (输入）labour, as in Europe, falling birth rates mean they are going to need more foreign workers.

On January 13th leaders of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations(ASEAN）signed an agreement to

help migrant(流动的）workers-with the realization that the flow of labour between their countries is a growing problem that they cannot blame on outsiders. A 2005 study showed that 8.4 million Southeast Asians worked outside their home countries, but this did not include the huge numbers of Indonesians doing so without papers. So the true total is probably rather higher.

Of the ten ASEAN countries, the Philippines, Indonesia, Myanmar, Cambodia, Vietnam and Laos export

labor, Singapore and Brunei import it, and Thailand and Malaysia do both. Sziraczki of the UN

‘s

Labour Organization points out that, in the next ten years, the total labour force of the worker-exporting countries should grow by about a third. It makes sense to work on the problem before it gets out of control.

People in the receiving countries seem to be worried about competition for their jobs. Most Thais said

their government should admit (准入）

no more foreign workers, and a few thought otherwise. Even in Singapore,

just over half of people are against admitting more foreign workers. Malaysians think that the increase in foreign workers has worsened crime rates(犯罪率）.

57.It can be inferred from the case of the Philippines that A. the country is Asia

‘s main source of migrant workers

B. labour exports lend to a 10% growth of its GDP C. the outflow of labour helps solve its social problems D. the country Both exports and imports labour force 58.The flow of labour is a growing problem because A. there is a greater flow of labour than reported B. more Indonesians work abroad without papers C. some countries suffer from low birth rates D. the ASEAN is against admitting foreign workers

59.For the labour-importing countries, the flow of labour may lead to A. higher birth rates C. greater money inflows 60.The writer of the text seems to

B. report fairly on the question of labour flow ‘s decision

B. lower crime rates D. stronger job competition

A. support the flow of labour between countries C. express his worries over the ASEAN

D. regard the outflow of labour as a serious problem 答案57. C

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段中的

―Poverty and unemployment are still high in the Philippines

and other labour-exporting countries.They would be far worse but for this outflow of bodies and inflow of dollars.可判断出劳务输出可帮助解决社会问题。

58. A

解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第三段中―A 2005 study showed that 8.4 million Southeast Asians worked

outside their home countries,but this did not include the huge numbers of Indonesians doing so without papers.So the true total is probably rather higher.可判断出劳力的流动成为越来越大的问题的原因是劳力的流动的数量‖比报告的要多。

59. D

解析：这是一道细节题。根据最后一段中的competition for their jobs.

60. B

解析：这是一道主旨题。根据这篇短文的内容可推断出这篇短文的作者公正地报道了劳力流动的问题。第41题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（山东卷新课标）

―People in the receiving countries seem to be worried about

可判断出对于劳力输入的国家来说，劳力的流动可能引起激烈的工作竞争。‖

If you look for a book as a present for a child. You will be spoiled for choice even in a year when there is no new Harry Patten J.K Rowling

‘s wizard is not alone: the past decade has been a harvest for good children

books ,which has set off a large quantity of films and in turn led to increased sales of classics such as The Lord of the Rings.

Yet despite that ,reading is increasingly unpopular among children .According to statistics, in 1997 23% said they didn

‘t like reading at all . In 2003, 35% did . And around 6% of children leave primary school each year

unable to read properly.

Maybe the decline is caused by the increasing availability of computer games. Maybe the books boom has affected only the top of the educational pile . Either way , Chancellor Cordon Brown plans to change things for the bottom of the class .In his pre-budget report , he announced the national project of Reading Recovery to help the children struggling most.

Reading Recovery is aimed at six-year-olds ,who receive four months of individual daily half-hour classes with a specially trained teacher . An evaluation earlier this year reported that children on the scheme made 20 months‘ progress in just one year, whereas similarly weak readers without special help made just five monthsprogress ,and so ended the year even further below the level expected for their age.

International research tends to find that when British children leave primary school they read well ,but read less often for fun than those elsewhere .Reading for fun matters because children who are keen on reading can expect lifelong pleasure and loving books is an excellent indicator of future educational success . According to the OECD, being a regular and enthusiastic reader is of great advantage.

60.Which of the following is true of Paragraph 1?

A.Many children‘ooks have been adapted from films. s b

‘s books have been published .

B.Many high-quality children

C.The sales of classics have led to the popularity of films. D.The sales of presents for children have increased. 61.Statistics suggested that _______.

A.the number of top students increased with the use of computers B.a decreasing number of children showed interest in reading C.a minority of primacy school children read properly D.a large percentage of children read regularly 62.What do we know about Reading Recovery? A.An evaluation of it will be made sometime this year. B.Weak readers on the project were the most hardworking. C.It aims to train special teachers to help children with reading. D.Children on the project showed noticeable progress in reading. 63.Reading for fun is important because book-loving children _________. A.take greater advantage of the project C.are likely to succeed in their education.

64.The aim of this text would probably be _________. A.to overcome primary school pupils reading difficulty. B.to encourage the publication of more children

C.to remind children of the importance of reading for fun D.to introduce a way to improve early childhood reading 答案60. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段

―...the past decade has been a harvest for good children

‘s books,which 可知

‘s books

B.show the potential to enjoy a long life D.would make excellent future researchers

has set off a large quantity of films and in turn led to increased sales of classics such as The lord of the Rings.这一年内还是有很多好的儿童书籍出版。

61. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段―Yet despite that,reading is increasingly unpopular among children.可知虽然(有很多好书出版）

,但是阅读在孩子们中间越来越不流行

,也就是对阅读感兴趣的孩子越来越少。

‖

62. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第四段made 20 months

―An evaluation earlier this year reported that children on the scheme

‘ progress in just one year,whereas similarly weak readers without special help made just five

20个月的进步,而没有得到帮助的孩子只取得

months‘ progress可知参加读书恢复计划的孩子一年内取得了‖了5个月的。可以推断出参加计划的孩子阅读水平有明显提高。

63. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段―Reading for fun matters because children who are keen on reading can expect lifelong pleasure and loving books is an excellent indicator of future educational success.乐趣的孩子会对读书产生一生的爱好在教育上更容易成功。

64.D

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文介绍了目前孩子读书兴趣降低的现状试,一个是读书恢复计划指导孩子多读书方法。

第42题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（山东卷新课标）

,另一个是引导孩子为了兴趣读书

,并给出了两种提供孩子阅读能力的尝

,目的是介绍提高孩子阅读水平的

可知以读书作为

,爱好读书是教育成功的绝好指导者。可以推断出以读书为乐趣的孩子

When Andrea Peterson landed her first teaching job, she faced the daunting task of creating a music program with almost no money for equipment or supplies in a climate where standards-based learning was the focus and music just provided a break for students and teachers.

For her drive and creativity in overcoming those challenges, shePrincipal Waynes Kettler said hePeterson is

‘s been named national teacher of th

‘s worked with many outstanding teachers in his 22 years as an educator, but

‘ve ever worked with before.

‖　

―just that one step above anybody I

Kettler and others at Monte Cristo Elementary School talk about the ways she has introduced the learning from other classrooms into her music program and her creativity in working around things such as the lack of money for new music.

When students were reading S.E. Hinton

‘s novel The Outsiders in their regular classroom, Peterson helped

them write a 30-minute play with scenes from the book. Then they chose three Broadway tunes that focused no race, equality and social justice, the themes of the book. Peterson composed two other songs herself after classroom discussions about the play and the book.

The honor means a lot to residents of Granite Foils. Iteven win national honors.

‘s inspiring to know that people from small towns own

As national teacher of the year, Peterson will spend the next year outside the classroom, as a national and international spokeswoman for education.

Not surprisingly, She is a big believe in the value of arts education. She said it

‘s essential for sch

classes such as art or music and physical education because for some kids one of those subjects is the only thing that motivates them to come back to school day after day.

65.The underlined word A. discouraging

―daunting‖ in Paragraph 1 most probably means __________. B.interesting

C.creative

D.unbearable

66.When Peterson began her teaching career, ____________. A.music was a focus of learning in most schools B.the environment was favorable to music teaching C.the school lacked teaching facilities for music D.financial support for music programs was unavailable

67.What is the most important reason that Peterson won the award? A.She concerned herself with current social problems. B.She motivated students to learn music with her creativity. C.She has aught music at the elementary school for 22 years. D.She made great efforts to amuse students68.Which of the following is an example of Peterson

A.She wrote plays on themes of race, equality and social justice. B.She made use of the contents of other classes in her teaching. C.She organized classroom discussions of Broadway tunes. D.She helped students compose songs by themselves. 69.In Peterson

‘s opinion, ____________.

B.more subjects should be offered to students ‘ interest in literature.

‘s way of teaching music?

A.art, music and PE classes are all important C.students should be motivated to attend art classes D.arts education is more important than other subjects 70.It can be inferred from the text that ________. A.PetersonB.Peterson

‘s honor was a surprise for the local people ‘s art classes attracted students back to school

for music ‘ passion

C.Peterson aroused the local residents

D.Peterson will change her profession next year 答案65. A

解析:这是一道词义推断题。根据第一段―...creating a music program with almost no money for equipment or supplies in a climate where standard-based learning was the focus and music just provided a break for students and teachers.可知这个任务是令人气馁的‖

66. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第一段supplies可知学校缺乏音乐设施。‖

67. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―For her drive and creativity in overcoming those challenges, she

‘s be

―creating a music program with almost no money for equipment or ,没有钱买乐器,而且音乐课也不受重视。

named national teacher of the year.可知她被授予国家年度教师的的原因是她推动音乐教学和克服困难的创‖造力。

68. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第四段―Kettler and others at Mote Cristo Elementary School talk about the ways she has introduced the learning from other classrooms into her music program.科的内容来进行音乐教学。

69. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段

―She said it

‘s essential for schools to offer classes such as art or music

可知Peterson老师可以利用其他‖

and physical education可以推断出她认为音乐课或者体育课都是十分重要的。‖

70. A

解析:这是一道推理题。根据倒数第三段

―It‘s inspiring to know that people from small towns can even win

national honors.可知人们没有想到小镇的人也可以得国家奖项。‖

第43题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（山东卷新课标）

Sports shoes that work out whether their owner has done enough exercise to warrant time in front of the television have been devised in the UK.

The shoes — named Square Eyes — contain an electronic pressure sensor and a tiny computer chip to record how many steps the wearer has taken in a day. A wireless transmitter passes the information to a receiver connected to a television, and this decides how much evening viewing time the wearer deserves, based on the day

‘s efforts.

The design was inspired by a desire to fight against the rapidly ballooning waistlines among British teenagers, says Gillian Swan, who developed Square Eyes as a final year design project at Brunel University to London, UK. ―We looked at current issues and childhood overweight really stood out,with my design.

‖　

‖ she says.

―And I wante

Once a child has used up their daily allowance gained through exercise, the television automatically switches off. And further time in front of the TV can only be earned through more

steps.

Swan calculated how exercise should translate to television time using the recommended daily amounts of both. Health experts suggest that a child take 12,000 steps each day and watch no more than two hours of television. So, every 100 steps recorded by the Square Eyes shoes equals precisely one minute of TV time.

Existing pedometers （计步器）

normally clip onto a belt or slip into a pocket and keep count of steps by

measuring sudden movement. Swan says these can be easily tricked into recording steps through shaking. But her shoe has been built to be harder for lazy teenagers to cheat. ―That was one of my main design considerations.

‖　

―It is possible, but it would be a lot of effort,

71.According to Swan, the purpose of her design project is to ________. A.keep a record of the steps of the wearer C.enable children to resist the temptation of TV D.prevent children from being tricked by TV programs 72.Which of the following is true of Square Eyes shoes? A.They regulate a childB.They determine a child

‘s evening TV viewing time. ‘s daily pocket money.

B.deal with overweight among teenagers

C.They have raised the hot issue of overweight. D.They contain information of the receiver.

73.What is stressed by health experts in their suggestion? A.The exact number of steps to be taken. B.The precise number of hours spent on TV. C.The proper amount of daily exercise and TV time. D.The way of changing steps into TV watching time.

74.Compared with other similar products, the new design ________. A.makes it difficult for lazy teenagers to cheat

B.counts the wearer‘s steps through shaking

C.records the sudden movement of the wearer D.sends teenagers

‘ health data to the receiver

75.Which of the following would be the best title for the text? A.Smart Shoes Decide on Television Time C.Smart Shoes Measure Time of Exercise 答案71. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第三段

―?We looked at current issues and childhood overweight really stood

B.Smart Shoes Guarantee More Exercise D.Smart Shoes Stop Childhood Overweight

out,‘she says,?And I want to tackle that with my design .可以推断出这个设计是为了解决孩子超重的问题。‘‖

72. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第四段

―Once a child has used up their daily allowance gained through

exercise,the television automatically switches off.And further time in front of the TV can only be earned through more steps.可知这种鞋利用走路的步数来控制孩子看电视的时间。‖

73. C

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第五段―Health experts suggest that a child take 12 000 steps each day and watch no more than two hours of television.可以推断出健康专家给出了每天合适的运动量和看电视时间。‖

74. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段

―Swan says these can be easily tricked into recording steps through

shaking.But her shoe has been built to be harder for lazy teenagers to cheat.可以推断出类似产品可以用晃动来‖作弊,但是她设计的鞋使得懒惰的青少年很难作弊。

75. A

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文主要介绍了一款智能运动鞋起到控制体重的作用

,利用孩子们每天的走步数来决定看电视的时间

第44题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（山东卷新课标）

阅读下面的短文，请根据短文后的要求答题（请注意问题后的字数要求）

As American friend of mine who was high up in a big corporation had worked out a way of handing a flood of e-mails before most of us had even heard of the concept. If any information he was sent was vital enough, his lack of response would ensure the sender rang him up, if the sender wasn

‘t important enough to have his privat

the communication couldnstrategy must work.

‘t be that important, my friend is now even more senior in the same company, so the

Almost every week now, there seems to be a report suggesting that we are all being driven crazy by the bother of e-mail. If this is the case, itit.

________. Firstly, You junk anything with an exclamation mark or a string of capital letters, or from any address you don

‘t recognize or feel confident about.

‘s a tendency for

‘s only because we haven

‘t developed an appropriate discrimination in dealin

Secondly, e-mail don‘t all have to be answered. Because e-mailing is so easy, there

correspondence to carry on for ever, but it is permissible to stop an endless discussion or to accept a point of information sent by a colleague without acknowledging it.

Thirdly ,a reply e-mail doesn

‘t have to be the same length as the original . We all have e-mail pals who read

long, chatty e-mail, which are nice to receive, but who then expect an equally long reply . The charm of e-mail can consist in the simple, incomplete sentence, totally regardless of the format of the

letter sent by past . You are

perfectly within the bounds of politeness in responding to a marathon e-mail with a brief reply.

76.Which sentence in the passage is the closest in meaning to the following one? The possible existence of annoyance results from our inability to sort out e-mails.

__________________________________________________________________ 77.Fill in the blank in Paragraph 3 with a proper sentence.(within 10 words

）

___________________________________________________________________ 78.What advice is given in the last paragraph? (within 10 words）

__________________________________________________________________

79.For what purpose does the author mention his American friend in Paragraph1?(within 10words

__________________________________________________________________ 80.Translate the underlined sentence in the last paragraph into Chinese.

__________________________________________________________________ 答案

76.If this is the case, it

‘s only because we haven

‘t developed an appropriate discrimination in dealing with it.

）

77.E-mail(s）can be handled in the following ways. Here are the ways to deal with e-mail(s）. Handling e-mail(s）is an art.

78.You may reply to a long e-mail briefly. You don‘t have to write a long reply e-mail.

79.To show a way of handling e-mail(s）with an example. To introduce the topic of the text.

80.用简短的话回复冗长的电子邮件完美不失礼节。用简短的话回复马拉松式的电子邮件也是礼貌的。

第45题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（海南、宁夏卷新课标）

Many animals recognize their food because they see it. So do humans. When you see an apple or a piece of chocolate you know that these are things you can eat. You can also use other senses when you choose your food. You may like it because it smells good or because it tastes good. You may dislike some types of food because they do not look, smell or taste very nice. Different animals use different senses to find and choose their food. A few animals depend on only one of their senses, while most animals use more than one sense.

Although there are many different types of food, some animals spend their lives eating only one type. The giant panda（大熊猫）eats only one particular type of bamboo（竹子）. Other animals eat only one type of food even when given the choice. A kind of white butterfly（蝴蝶）will stay on the leaves of a cabbage, even though there are plenty of other vegetables in the garden. However, most animals have a more varied diet（多样化饮食）. The bear eats fruits and fish. The fox eats small animals, birds and fruits. The diet of these animals will be different depending on the season.

Humans have a very varied diet. We often eat food because we like it and not because it is good for us. In countries such as France and Britain, people eat foods with too much sugar. This makes them overweight, which is bad for their health. Eating too much red meat and animal products, such as butter, can also be bad for the health. Choosing the right food, therefore, has become an area of study in modern life. 60. We can infer from the text that humans and animals _________.

A. depend on one sense in choosing food C. choose food in similar ways

61. Which of the following eats only one type of food? A. The white butterfly. C. The bear.

B. The small bird.

D. The fox.

B. are not satisfied with their food

D. eat entirely different food

62. Certain animals change their choice of food when ___________. A. the season changes

B. the food color changes

C. they move to different places D. they are attracted by different smells

63. We can learn from the last paragraph that __________. A. food is chosen for a good reason C. some people have few choices of food 答案60. C

解析:这是一道推理题。根据第一段可知从这点上人和其他动物是类似的。

61. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段

―A kind of white butterfly will stay on the leaves of a cabbage,even

,人用气味和味道来选择食物

,动物用一种或多种感觉选择食物

B. French and British food is good

D. some people care little about healthy diet

though there are plenty of other vegetables in the garden.可以推断出这种白蝴蝶只吃卷心菜。‖

62. A

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第二段以推断出这些动物的食物随着季节而变化。

63. D

解析:这是一道推断题。根据最后一段

―We often eat food because we like it and not because it is good for

,由此推断出有些人会选择不健康的食物。

―The diet of these animals will be different depending on the season.可

‖

us.‖可知我们经常选择食物是因为喜欢而不是对身体有益

第46题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（海南、宁夏卷新课标）

Our ―Mommy and Me‖ time began two years ago. My next-door neighbor and fellow mother, Christie, and I were out in our front yards, watching seven children of age 6 and under ride their bikes up and down. could take one of my children out alone,

‖ said Christie.

Then we worked out a plan: When Christie takes one of her children out, Ishe watches two of mine, I

‘ll take someone out.

‘ll watch her other three.

The children were extremely quick to accept the idea of ―time. ChristieMommy and Me‖‘s daughter,

McKenzie, went first. When she returned, the other children showered her with tons of questions. McKenzie was smiling broadly. Christie looked refreshed and happy.

―She‘s like a different child when there

around,‖ Christie shared with me quickly. With her mother all to herself, McKenzie didnto gain attention.

Just as Christie had noticed changes in McKenzie, I also discovered something different in each of my children during our alone times. For example, I am always surprised when my daughter, who is seldom close to me,

‘t have to

holds my hand frequently. My stuttering（口吃的）son, Tom, doesn‘t stutter once during our activities since he

doesn‘t have to struggle for a chance to speak. And the other son, Sam, wholways a follower when around other ‘s achildren shines as a leader during our times together.

The ―Mommy and Me‖ time allows us to be simply alone and away with each child ---talking, sharing, and laughing, which has been the biggest gain. Every child deserves（应得到）to be an only child at least once in a while. 64. What is the text mainly about?

A. The experience of the only child being with mother. B. The advantage of spending time with one child at a time. C. The happy life of two families.

D. The basic needs of children.

65. Right after McKenzie came back, the other children were _____________. A. happy

B. curious

C. regretful

D. friendly

66. What is one of the changes the author finds in her children? A. The daughter acts like a leader. C. The boys become better followers.

B. Sam holds her hand more often. D. Tom has less difficulty in speaking.

67. The author seems to believe that ___________. A. having brothers and sisters is fun C. every child needs parents答案64. B

解析:这是一道主旨题。本文介绍了两个妈妈尝试每次只带一个孩子出去们不再为了引起注意而努力

65. B

解析:这是一道推断题。根据第三段questions.可知其他孩子问了很多问题‖

66. D

解析:这是一道细节题。根据第四段―My stuttering son,Tom,doesn

‘t stutter once during our activities since he

,他口吃的问题减轻

―When she returned,the other children showered her with tons of ,可以推断出其他孩子都很好奇。

,更能发挥他们的个性。

,从而发现了这样做的好处

:孩子

B. it

‘s tiring to look after three children

‘ children

‘ full attentionD. parents should watch others

doesn‘t have to struggle for a chance to speak.可知Tom由于不再需要抢着说话就不口吃了‖了。

67. C

解析:这是一道归纳题。根据最后一段―Every child deserves to be an only child at least once in a while.得知作者通过尝试只带一个孩子出去感受到了这样做的好处的时间。

第47题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语（上海卷）HIGHFIELD COMPREHENSIVE SCHOOL SCHOOL REPORT Form Teacher: G. Baker Term:Summer 2005

Form:

Pupil‘s Name:Simon Watkins Ⅳ B Class

Subject

Exam

work

Simon has reached a satisfactory

English

standard but now needs to apply himself with more determination.

Sound work and progress

Mathematics

throughout the year. Well done!

A disappointing exam result. He is

History

unable to give attention to this subject for long.

His obvious ability in the subject was not fully reflected in his exam

Chemistry

work ,but I have high hopes for him nevertheless.

An excellent term

Physics

performance. ‘s

Comments

,所以孩子应该得到家长全部的关注

,即使只有很短

‖

He goes from strength to strength. A born scientist, I feel.

This time next year he will be taking the

―0‖ exam. He needs to

Biology 57 60

concentrate on the work, not on class conversation.

Clearly he didn

French

‘t bother to revise.

His general attitude is far too casual.

Weak. It

Physical

Education

try to work with a team.

FORM TEA CHER’S REMARKS

HEADMASTER

body more and his voice less. He should

‘s time he exercised his

Basically satisfactory work and progress I shall be keeping an eye on his though he will now have realized, I hope, that

progress in his weaker subjects

in certain subject areas he needs to make speedy Though his success in the sciences improvement.

Is most pleasing.

69.According to the comments of the Physical Education teacher, Simon A.is too talkative in the class B.likes to work with his classmates

C.doesn‘t exercise his body at the fight timeD.becomes weak because he doesn70.Which of SimonA.Biology and Maths. C.English and Chemistry.

‘t exercise at all

‘s subjects will attract the headmasterB.History and French.

D.Physics and Physical Education.

‘s attention in future?

71.Which of the following statements best describes Simon? A.He has made great progress in language classes. B.His potential has been fully reflected in science classes. C.His grade in maths makes him a born scientist. D.He needs to improve his attitude on certain subjects. 答案

69—71：ABD

第48题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

―Racism (种族歧视）is a grown-up disease,‖ declares the saying on Ruby Bridge‘s website along wi

photo of Mrs. Bridge today, a 6-year-old girl four decades ago. In the photo, she is walking up the steps of the William Frantz Public School in New Orleans, a little black girl accompanied by two officers who protect her on her way to school.

Her name then was Ruby Nell. It was Nov. 14, 1960. She was the first black child to enroll at this all-white

elementary school according to the court order to desegregate in New Orleans schools. Her story is moving -- she was a very courageous child -- and remains a significant proof against intolerance (不宽容）

of all kinds. Ruby

‘s

photo brings out another powerful image on her website: Norman Rockwells symbolic painting for Look magazine on Jan. 14, 1964,

―The Problem We All Live With.

‖

Rockwell was an illustrator of exceptional skill and charm. He produced a vast number of unforgettable

images over a long career, many of them involving children. His American kids are innocent and appealing, but often, at the same time, decidedly naughty. His method was to photograph his models, and the resulting paintings were photographic. But it is revealing to see how the artist slightly changed facial expressions from photo to oil painting in order to make his paintings communicate with the viewer. Communication, even persuasion, lay at the back of his work; this was art for effect.

―The Problem We All Live With

‖ belongs to Rockwell

‘s later work, when he began openly showing his

草图）

strong belief in liberty. This is a highly persuasive image. Before he arrived at the final copy, one sketch (

shows the little girl closer to the two officers following her than to those in front. In the finished picture, the girl seems more determined, independent, and untouched. The unfriendly tomatoes thrown on the wall are behind her now, and she, is completely unaffected.

76.Ruby Nell was protected by officers on her way to school, because A.she was a little fighter against racism B.she was very young, short and timid

C.she was the first black to study in an all-white school D.she was chosen by the com t0be77.According to the passage,

A.social program for American children B.famous painting by Norman Rockwell C.photo displayed on Ruby Bridges

‘ website

‘wi‘th white children―The Problem We All Live With）

. ‖ is a(n.

D.exhibition at the Norman Rockwell Museum

78.The word ―desegregate‖ in paragraph 2 probably means‖．―

A.fight against the white B.end racial separation C.struggle for freedom D.stop the black-white conflict 79.The main topic of this passage is

A.how Rockwell encouraged Ruby to fight against racism B.how Ruby won her fight to go to an all-white school C.how Rockwell expressed his protest in .Iris work D.how persuasive Rockwell答案

76—79：CBBC

第49题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语全国卷Ⅰ）题目

A study of English learning problems was carried out among a total of 106 foreign students. It shows that

most students considered understanding spoken English to be their biggest problem on arrival. This was followed by speaking. Writing increased as a problem as students discovered difficulties in writing papers that they were now expected to hand in. Reading remained as a significant(显著的）

problem.

‘s earlier work of art is

The information gained helped us in determining where special attention should be paid in our course. Although many students have chosen to join the course with a reasonable motivation(动机）, we considered it important to note what seemed to encourage interest. Nearly all the students have experienced some kind of grammar-based English teaching in their own country. To use the same method would be self-defeating because it might reduce motivation, especially if it has failed in the past. Therefore a different method may help because it is different.

Variety of activity was also seen as a way of maintaining(保持）or increasing motivation. Several years

ago we had one timetable that operated throughout, but we soon found that both the students and the teachers lost interest by about halfway through the ten weeks. This led us to a major re-think, so finally we brought it into line with the expressed language needs of the students.

65. What is the text mainly about? A. Foreign students have more problems.

B. There are many ways to improve English. C. Teaching should meet students

‘ needs.

D. English learning problems should be studied again.

66. Writing became a bigger problem when foreign students________. A. had to write their papers

B. became better at speaking

C. became less interested in reading D. had fewer problems with listening 67. We may infer from the last two paragraphs that ________. A. different teaching methods should be used B. grammar-based teaching seems to be encouraging C. English courses are necessary for foreign students D. teaching content should be changed halfway. 68．The word ―it‖ underlined in the last paragraph refers to

―______________‖．

A. re-think B. activity C. motivation D. timetable 答案65.C 66.A 67.A 68.D

65．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文讲述了英语学习中的一些问题，并指出遇到困难后学习动力逐步减少，所以提高学习英语的动力是解决英语学习问题的重点。并在最后一段指出提高学习动机的方法是让学习结合对语言的需要。最后一句―we brought it into line with the expressed language needs of the students 指出

了这一点。

66．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段―Writing increased as a problem as students discovered

difficulties in writing papers

可知在写文章的时候学生遇到了英语写作的困难。…‖

67．解析：这是一道推理题。根据―Therefore a differentmethod may help …‖和―Variety of activity was also

seen as a way

可知要提高学习动力和兴趣应该采用不同的方法，选…‖

‖

68．解析：这是一道指代题。根据―we brought it into line with the expressed language needs of the students，bring… into line是与…一致。要把学习时间表和学生对英语需要的迫切性保持一致，才能提高学习动力。选D.

第50题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语全国卷Ⅰ）题目

Since my retirement(退休）from teaching music in 2001, I have spent a good deal of time painting as an artist. I actually began drawing again in the summer of 1995 when my father died, so perhaps I was trying to recover from the loss of my father, or maybe it was just that it brought back memories of him. In any case, I drew pen and ink animals and landscapes(风景画）

much influenced(影响）by Krenkel and St. John for five years.

For some strange reason, I had been waiting until my retirement to start doing watercolors again, but as

soon as I walked out of the school door for the last time I picked up my brushes and rediscovered Andrew Wyeth, who quickly became my favorite artist. I had looked through all the art books I had on my shelves and found his watercolors to be the closest to how I thought good watercolors should look. So I painted landscapes around Minnesota for three years and tried out many other types of painting. However, watercolors remained my first choice, and I think I did my best work there, showing my paintings at a number of art exhibitions.

Art is now together with my piano playing and reading. There is a time for everything in my world, and it

is wonderful to have some time doing what I want to do. As Confucius once said, heart‘s desire.

‖

―At seventy I can follow my

69. What is the text mainly about? A. Learning to paint in later life. B. How to paint watercolors C. An artist-turned teacher D. Life after retirement

70. The author started drawing again in 1995 because_________. A. he hoped to draw a picture of his father B. he couldn

‘t stop missing his father

C. he had more time after retirement D. he liked animals and landscapes

71. We can infer from the text that the author__________.

A. had been taught by Krenkel and St. John B. painted landscapes in Minnesota for 5 years C. believed Wyeth to be the best in watercolors D. started his retirement life at the age of seventy

72. How does the author probably feel about his life as an artist? A. Very enjoyable. C. Rather busy. 答案69.D 70.B 71.C 72.A

69．解析：这是一道主旨题。文章主要讲述作者退休后开始学习绘画的故事，表面看似乎在讲如何学习绘画。但是最后一段提到了

piano playing and reading，并根据―it is wonderful to have some time ding what I

B. A bit regretful D. Fairly dull.

want to do可知作者的目的是讲退休后丰富的生活。‖

70．解析：这是一道推理题。从第一段

―perhaps I was trying to recover from the loss of my father,可知作

者想从思念父亲中转移注意力，从而推理出作者十分想念父亲。

71．解析：这是一道推理题。从―…found his watercolors to be the closest to how I thought good watercolors should look作者发现‖Andrew Wyeth的画是最接近作者认为最好水彩画的标准，也就是说作者认为Wyeth的水彩画最好。

72．解析：这是一道推理题。根据最后一段wonderfull

…‖可知作者很享受这种艺术生活。

―There is a time for everything in my world and it is

Andrew

第51题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语全国卷Ⅱ）题目

May: Happenings form the Past May 5, 1884

Isaac Murphy, son of a slave and perhaps the greatest horse rider in American history, rides Buchanan to win his first Kentucky Derby. He becomes the first rider ever to win the race three times.

May 9, 1754

Benjamin Franklin‘s Pennsylvania Gazette produces perhaps the first American political cartoon(漫画），

―John or Die

‖ printed under the picture.

showing a snake cut in pieces with the words

May 11, 1934

The first great dust storm of the Great Plains Dust Bowl, the result of years of drought(all the way to New York City and Washington, D.C.

May 19, 1994

干旱），blows topsoil

Jacqueline Lee Bouvier Kennedy Onassis, former first lady and one of the most famous people of the 1960s, died of cancer in New York City at the age of 64.

May 24,1844

Samuel F.B. Morse taps out the first message,

telegraph line which runs from Washington,D.C., to Baltimore, Md.

45. We know from the text that Buchanan is

A. Isaac

‘s father

―What hath God wrought,

‖ over the experimental long-distance

B. a winning horse

D. the first racing horse in Kentucky

C. a slave taking care of horses

46. What is the title of the first American political cartoon?

A. Join or Die

C. What Hath God Wrought

B. Pennsylvania Gazette

D. Kentucky Derby

47. In which year did the former first lady Jacqueline die?

A. 1934

B.1960

C. 1964

D. 1994

48. Which of the following places has to do with the first telegram in history?

A. Washington, D.C. C. Kentucky. 答案45.B

46.A 47.D

48.A

―Isaac Murphy, son of a slave and perhaps the greatest horse

由于Isaac是最伟大的骑手，‖他―ride

B. New York City. D. Pennsylvania.

45．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段

rider in American history, rides Buchanan to win his first Kentucky DerbyBuchanan‖，可以推断出

Buchanan是一匹赛马。

46．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―showing a snake cut in pieces, with the words ?Join or Dic

―Pennsylvania Gazette只是电影公司的名字。‖

‘

under the picture可知‖―Join or Dic是这个卡通片的名字，而‖

47．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―May 19,1994Jacqueline Lee Bouvier Kennedy Onassis, former first lady and one of the most famous people of the 1960s, died of cancer in New York at the age of 64.可知Jacqueline

‖

死于1994年。

48．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―over the long-distance telegraph line which runs from Washington,

D.C, to Baltimore, Md

可知和历史上第一个电报有关的城市是‖

Washington, D.C。

第52题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语全国卷Ⅱ）题目

When asked to point out one or two things that are most important to themselves, many put friends ahead of homes, jobs, cloth and cars.

A true friendship carries-a-long history of experience that determines who we are and keeps us connected.

It is a treasure we should protect. Unfortunately, the better friends you are, the more probably youdisagreements. And the result can be what you don

‘t want an end to the relationship.

The good news is that most troubled friendships can be mended. First, don

‘t let your pride get in your way.

Most of us can forgive each other when differences are brought out in the open. Second, apologize when youwrong –even if you

‘ve been wronged. Over the course of a friendship, even the best people make

mistakes. Sometimes, it may be best if the wronged person takes the lead and apologizes. When you apologize, give your friend a chance to admit that he has been wrong. Third, see things from your friend

观

点）. And finally, accept that friendships change as our needs and lifestyles(生活方式）change. Making friends can sometimes seem easy. The hard part is keeping the connections strong during the natural ups and downs that have an effect on all relationships. My suggestion:consider friendship an honor and a gift, and worth the effort to treasure and nurture(培养）.

53.What would be the best title for the text? A.Easy Ways to Make Friends B.Ups and Downs in Friendship C.How to Mend a Troubled Friendship D.How to Take the Lead in Making Friends 54.The ―wronged person

‖ underlined in the text refers to a person.

A.who has been mistaken for anoter B.who has been blamed unfairly C.who has teeated friends badly

‘D. who has admitted his mistakes

55.According to the text a friendship can last long only if A. we have much in common B. we know our friends mistakes C. we treat our disagreements wisely D. wo have know one another for long 56.What should we do if we follow the authorA. Stick to our own prints of view. B. Avoid making mistakes. C. Make an apology first. D. Change our lifestyles. 答案53.C

54.B

55.C

56.C

‘s second suggestion?

53．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要描述了好朋友容易争议而损坏友情，并介绍了修复友谊的几个方法。所以比较贴近主旨的标题是

―如何修复友谊‖，选C。

―Second, apologize when you

‘re wrong even if you–‘ve been

54．解析：这是一道词义解析题。根据前面

wronged.就‖是说当你错了甚至被错怪了，都要道歉。题目中的―wronged person就是指被错怪的一方。‖

55．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据最后一句―Consider friendship an honor and a gift, and worth the effort to treasure and nurture要维持友谊，需要珍惜并理智地对待。‖

56．解析：这是一道推理题。

The second suggestion 主要讲朋友出现了争议时如何和好，那就是通过道

C。

歉。无论是错的一方或被错怪的一方，主动道歉都有益于修复友谊。选

第53题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语全国卷Ⅱ）题目

―Who made your T-shirt?

‖A Geo letdown University student raised that question.Pietra Rivoli, a

professor of business, wanted to find the answer. A few weeks later, she bought a T-shirt and began to follow its path from Texas cotton, rim to Chinese factory to charity bin (The tran

‘s of a T-shirt in the Global Economy(经济）.

慈善捐赠箱）. The result is an interesting new book ,

Following a T-shirt around the world in a way to make her point more interesting, but it also frees Rivoli from the usual arguments over global trade. She goes wherever the T-shirt goes,and there are surprises around every

corner. In China, Rivoli shows why a clothing factory , even with its poor conditions, means a step toward a better care for the people who work there. In the colorful used-clothing markets of Tanzania, she realizes that in this final stage of life that the T-shirt will meet a real marketis different by its size and even color .Rivoliand the

―muddy-sweet smell (泥土香味）

‖

of the cotton.

,‖ where the price of a shirt changes by the hour and

―it is o

‘s book is full of me able people and scenes, like the noise, the bad‖She says,

―Here in the factory, Shanghai smells like

Shallowater Texas.

Rivoli is at her best when making those sorts of unexpected connections. She even finds one between the free traders and those who are against globalization. The chances opened up by trade are vast, she argues, but free markets need the correcting force of politics to keep them in check . True economic progress needs them both.

57. What do we learn about Professor Rivoli? A.She used to work on a cotton farm. B.She wrote a book about world trade. C.She wants to give up her teaching job. D.She wears a T-shirt wherever she goes. 58.By saying T-shirt

―meet a real market

‖,Rivoli means in Tanzania .

A. cheaper T-shirts are needed. B. used T-shirts are hard to sell

C. prices of T-shirts rise and fall frequently D. prices of T-shirts are usually reasonable

59.What does the word ―themunderlined in the last paragraph refer to ? ‖A.Free-markets. B.Price changes.

C.Unexpected connection . D.Chances opened up by trade.

60.What would be the best title for the text? A.What T-shirts Can Do to Help Cotton Farms B. How T-shirts Are Made in Shanghai C. How T-shirts Are Sold in Tanzania D What T-shirts Can Teach Us 答案

57.B 58.C 59.A 60.D

―The result is an interesting new book , The Travel of a

57．解析：这是一道推断题。根据第一段最后一句T-shirt in the Global Economy

可以知道‖Rivoli通过T-shirt的生产运输过程来研究全球经济。

―where the price of a shirt changes by the hour and is different by its size

58．解析：这是一道推理题。根据and even color.

-shirt‖Ｔ的价格每时都在变，所以要迎合市场。

59．解析：这是一道指代题。根据―but free markets need the correcting force of politics to keep them in check. True economic progress needs them both自由的市场需要政治力量来维持其秩序，所以‖free markets.

60．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要讲述了

Rivoli通过研究T-shirt的生产、贸易过程，并从

―What T-shirts Can Teach Us

T-shirt‖．

them 应该指代的是

的贸易反映出全球自由贸易的规律。所以比较贴近原文主旨的标题是

第54题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语北京卷）题目

How to Make a Budget (预算）

Most likely, you aren't the family breadwinner. But doing a small job or getting a weekly allowance (

零花钱）

would put some money in your pocket. For kids and grown-ups alike, money is easy to spend. If you aren't careful, it can be gone in no time.

Being responsible with your money is an important skill to learn

—and the sooner you start the better.

Whether you are tracking your spending or saving for something special, creating a budget can help you deal with your expenses and plan for the future. All you need are paper and a pencil—and some self-control.

First, take a look at our sample monthly budget. Then, use a separate sheet of paper to plan your own. In

the first two columns (栏）, list your sources (来源）of income and how much you expect to earn from them. In the third and fourth columns, list what you expect to spend your money on and the amount.

Monthly

Monthly Income

Amount

Expenses

Allowance

Money earned selling drinks Money earned babysitting

$20.00 $25.00 $12.50

Snacks

Music downloads Movies

$26.00 $12.00 $18.00 Amount

Money earned delivering

$30.00

newspapers

Total:

$87.50

Total:

$66.00

Video rentals

$10.00

The left-hand total should be more than or equal to the right-hand total. If it is, you have an effective budget.

Budgets are not complex, but sticking to them can be tough. When planning your budget, be realistic about

your expenses. If you know that you drop $18 at a movie, don't write $12 in that space simply because you wish you were spending less.

If you are eyeing a big purchase, such as a $150 skateboard, spend less and save more until you have the total amount. No matter how attractive it may be, avoid spending your savings. One day, you will thank yourself!

56. Who is the passage written for?

A. Children. C. Breadwinners.

B. Parents.

D. Bank managers.

57. The purpose of making a budget is to help people ______.

A. learn to be realistic B. increase their savings C. manage their money well D. test their power of self-control

58. What should people do when planning a budget?

A. Fill in the expenses as they really are. B. Avoid spending money on expensive things. C. Set aside a fixed amount of money as savings. D. List income and expenses on two pieces of paper. 59. Which of the following budgets is effective? A

Monthly Income Amount Monthly Expenses

Amount Allowance $20.00 Money earned walking dogs $20.00 Bus fares $40.00

Movies $28.00

Total:

$60.00

Total:

$48.00

Monthly Income Amount Monthly Expenses Amount Allowance

$20.00 Movies $30.00 Money earned washing cars $10.00

Bus fares $10.00

Total: $30.00

Total:

$40.00

Monthly Income Amount Monthly Expenses

Amount Allowance

$27.50 Money earned selling drinks $22.00 Money earned babysitting $22.50

Birthday gifts $28.00

Total: $50.00

Total:

$50.00

Monthly Income Amount Monthly Expenses Amount Allowance

$26.00 Video rentals $22.00 Money earned doing yard work $24.00

Birthday gifts $28.00

Total: $50.00

Total:

$50.00

答案

56.A 57.C 58.A 59.D

56．解析：这是一道判断题。从第一段可知，这篇文章是写给

kids and grown-ups 的，因此选A。

57．解析：这是一道判断题。从第二段―creating a budget can help you deal with your expense and plan for the future可知‖budget的作用是帮助人们

manage their money well。

58．解析：这是一道判断题。第三段―When planning your budget, be realistic about your expenses可知A

正确。

59．解析：这是一道判断题。这道题可逐项分析。A中bus fares应该在expenses中；B项income amount少于expenses amount；C中money earned selling drinks应在income中，因此他们都不对。

D正确。

‖

第55题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语北京卷）题目

Why I Don't Spare

―Poor but honest.

―Spare Change‖

‖ ―The deserving（值得帮助的）poor.‖ These words always come to my mind when I

think of

―the poor.

‖ But I also think of people who, perhaps through alcohol (酒）or drugs, have ruined not only

their own lives but also the lives of others in order to give way to their own pleasure. Perhaps alcoholism and drug addiction (上瘾）

really are

―diseases,

‖ as many people say, but my own feelingbased, of course, not on any —

serious study—is that most alcoholics and drug addicts belong to the ―undeserving poor. largely why I don't give spare change to beggars.

But surely among the street people there are also some who can rightly be called

what? My spare change? Or simply the government's assistance? It happens that I have been brought up to believe that it is proper to make contributions to charity (慈善机构）,but if I give some change to a beggar, am I making a contribution to charity and thereby helping someone, or, am I perhaps simply encouraging someone not to get help? Or, maybe even worse, am I supporting a cheat?

If one believes in the value of private charity, one can either give to needy people or to charitable

organizations. In giving to a beggar one may indeed be helping a person who badly needs help, but one cannot be certain that one is giving to a needy person. In giving to an organization, on the other hand, one can feel that one's money is likely to be used wisely. True, facing a beggar one may feel that this particular unfortunate person needs help at this moment－a cup of coffee or a sandwich—and the need will not be met unless I put my hand in my pocket right now. But I have come to think that the beggars whom I meet can get along without my spare change, and indeed perhaps they are actually better off for not having money to buy alcohol or drugs.

I know nothing about these beggars, but it's my impression that they simply prefer begging to working. I am not generalizing about street people. I am talking about the people whom I actually meet. That's why I do not give ―spare change,

‖ and I don't think I will in the future.

64. What does the author think of beggars who take drugs?

A. They should be given a check-up. B. They really need money to live. C. They have no pleasure in life. D. They are not worth helping.

And that is

―deservin

‖65. Why doesn't the author give money to street people?

A. He doesn't think they need help. B. He doesn't have enough money to give. C. He is not convinced they will use it rightly.

D. He believes they can get help from the government.

66. In the second paragraph, the author presents his idea by _______.

A. asking questions for people to think about B. giving examples to support his argument C. raising questions and answering them D. expressing his opinions directly

67. Which of the following opinions does the author accept?

A. Drug addiction is a disease.

B. Some street people are poor and needy. C. Most beggars have received enough help. D. Charitable organizations handle money properly. 答案

64.D 65.C 66.A 67.B

64．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第一段to the

―undeserving poor，可知他们不值得帮助，选‖

my own feeling is that most alcoholics and drug addicts belong

D。

indeed perhaps they are actually better off for not having

65．解析：这是一道判断题。从第三段最后一句

money to buy alcohol or drugs可知，作者担心他们拿钱买酒和毒品，因此是不确定他们是否如何用这些钱，选C。

66．解析：这是一道判断题。第二段，为了证明他的观点，作者提了很多问题，请人们思考。因此，选A。

67．解析：这是一道判断题。从第一段―alcoholism and drug addiction really are?diseasesbut my own feeling

……‖可知，A不对。文中讲到，一些乞丐需要钱买吃的，这些是的确需要帮助的，那些

B正确。

‘, as many peo

乞讨来买酒和毒品的不值得帮助。因此

第56题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语天津卷）题目

Some children are natural-born bosses. They have a strong need to make decisions, manage their environment, and lead rather than follow. Stephen Jackson, a Year One student, mine and what‘s yours is mine,

‖ says his mother.

―operates under the theory of what

―The other day I bought two new Star Wars light sabers (剑）.

Later, I saw Stephen with the two new ones while his brother was using the beat-up ones.‖　

―Examine the extended family, and you

every generation. It

‘ll probably find a bossy grandparent, aunt, uncle or cousin in

inheritable trait‘s an ,‖ says Russell Barkley, a professor at the Medical University of South

支配地位）

when they

Carolina. Other children who may not be particularly bossy can gradually gain dominance (sense their parents are weak, hesitant, or in disagreement with each other.

Whether it

‘s inborn nature or developed character at work, too much control in the hands of the young isn

healthy for children or the family. Fear is at the root of a lot of bossy behavior, says family psychologist John Taylor. Children, he says in his book From Defiance to Cooperation, desire to feel safe.

When a ―boss child

‖ It‘s the parents

‘ role to provide that protection.

―have secret feelings of weakness

‖ doesn‘t learn limits at home, the stage is set for a host of troubles outside the family. The

overly willful and unbending child may have trouble obeying teachers or coaches, for example, or trouble keeping friends. It can be pretty lonely as the top dog if no one likes your bossy ways.

―I see more and more parents giving up their power,

more than 30 years.

―They bend too far because they don

‖ says Barkley, who has studied bossy behavior fo

‘t want to be as strict as their own parents were. But

‖

also feel less confident about their parenting skills. Their kids, in turn, feel more anxious.

43. Bossy children like Stephen Jackson ______

A. make good decisions B. show self-centeredness C. lack care from others D. have little sense of fear

44. The underlined phrase inheritable trait―‖ in Paragraph 2 means ______

A. inborn nature B. developed character C. accepted theory D. particular environment

45. The study on bossy behavior implies that parents ______.

A. should give more power to their children

B. should be strict with their children

C. should not be so anxious about their children D. should not set limits for their children 46. Bossy children may probably become

A. relaxed B. skillful C. hesitant D. lonely

47. What is the passage mainly about?

A. How bossy behavior can be controlled. B. How we can get along with bossy children. C. What leads to children

‘s bossy behavior.

D. What effect bossy behavior brings about. 答案

43. B 44. A

45. B 46. D 47. C

―They have a strong need to make decisions, manage

Jackson的特征是以

43．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第一段第二句讲到their environment, and lead rather than follow自我为中心，选

B。

，后面就举了‖Jackson的例子来说明，因此

44．解析：这是一道词义推断题。inheritable意思是―遗传的‖，而且此前一句话讲到家族里每一代的情

况。因此―inheritable trait是―天生的，本性‖‖，应选A。

45．解析：这是一道推断题。从最后一段专家的讲话可知，父母对子女不严格要求才会导致子女的专横，因此选

―they don‘t want to be as strict as their own parents are

B。

46．解析：这是一道推断题。第四段最后一句―It can be pretty lonely as the top dog if no one likes your bossy ways.‖可知，bossy children将会感到lonely，选D。

47．解析：这是一道主旨题。这篇文章先讲述了孩子们专横的行为，并分析了造成这种行为的原因：遗传因素和父母教育的原因。因此，选

C。

第57题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语天津卷）题目

Attitude is an internal (内在的）state that influences the choices of personal action made by the individual

(个人）. Some researchers consider that attitudes come from differences between beliefs and ideas; others believe that attitudes come from emotional states. Here, we focus on the effects of attitudes upon behavior, that is, upon the choices of action made by the individual.

The kinds of actions taken by human beings are obviously influenced greatly by attitudes. Whether one listens to classical music or rock, whether one obeys the speed limit while driving, whether one encourages one

or wife to express his or her own ideas — all are influenced by attitudes. These internal states are acquired(获得）throughout life from situations one is faced with in the home, in the streets, and in the school.

Of course, the course of action chosen by an individual in any situation will be largely determined by the particulars of that situation. An individual who has a strong attitude of obeying laws may drive too fast when he is in a hurry and no police cars in sight. A child who has a strong attitude of honesty may steal a penny when she thinks no one will notice. But the internal state which remains unchanged over a period of time, and which makes the individual behave regularly in a variety of situations, is what is meant by an attitude.

Attitudes are learned in a variety of ways. They can result from single incidents, as when an attitude

toward snakes is acquired by an experience in childhood at the sudden movement of a snake. They can result from the individual

‘s experiences of success and pleasure, as when someone acquires a positive attitude toward doing

crossword puzzles by being able to complete some of them. And frequently, they are learned by copying other people‘s behavior, as when a child learns how to behave toward foreigners by observing the actions of his parents. Regardless of these differences, there is something in common in the learning and modification (修正）of attitudes.

52. According to the passage, attitudes ______ .

A. come from different situations in oneB. are largely affected by oneC. remain unchanged in one

‘s behavior

‘s daily life

‘s will

. ‘s life

D. could be chosen according to one

53. The author uses the examples in Paragraph 3 to show

A. people often make mistakes when they are not noticed

B. people with good attitudes may sometimes do bad deeds C. particulars of a situation may influence an individualD. an individual may change his or her attitude fairly easily

‘s action

54. Which of the following is TRUE about the learning of attitudes?

A. Attitudes are only learned through oneB. Attitudes learned in danger will last longer. C. Copying others

‘ behavior is not a good idea.

‘s parents.

‘s success.

D. Attitudes can be learned from one

55. What would be the best title for the passage?

A. Differences of Attitudes. B. Nature of Attitude. C. Choices of Attitudes. D. Modification of Attitude. 答案

52. A 53. C 54. D 55. B

52．解析：这是一道推理题。根据第二段最后一句

―This internal states are acquired throughout life from

可知人的态度来自于人生的经历，选‖

A。

situations one is faced with in the home, in the streets and in the school

53．解析：这是一道主旨题。第三段的主旨在第一句

―Of course, the course of action chosen by an individual

即特定情况决定了人在此情况下的‖

in any situation will be largely determined by the particulars of that situation.表现。选C。

54．解析：略

55．解析：这是一道判断正误题。根据第二段倒数第二句

―And frequently, they are learned by copying other

people‘s behavior, as when a child learns how to behave toward foreigners by observing in the action of his parents.可以判断出孩子的行为和态度往往受到父母的影响。‖

第58题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语上海卷）题目

Cara Lang is 13. She lives in Boston, Massachusetts, in U. S. Last Thursday, she didn't go to school. She

went to work with her father instead. Every year, on the fourth Thursday in April, millions of young girls go work. This is Take Our Daughters to Work Day. The girls are between the ages of 9 and 15. They spend the day at work with an adult, usually a mother, father, aunt, or uncle. They go to offices, police stations, laboratories, and other places where their parents or other family members work. Next year, the day will include sons, too.

The Ms. Foundation, an organization for women, started the program about ten years ago. In the U.S., many women work outside the home. The Ms. Foundation wanted girls to find out about many different kinds of jobs. Then, when the girls grow up, they can choose a job they like.

Cara's father is a film director. Cara says,

saw a lot of people doing different jobs.

ery exciting for me to go to the studio with my dad. I ―It was v

‖ Many businesses have special activities for girls on this day. Last year,

Cara went to work with her aunt at the University of Massachusetts. In the engineering department, the girls learned to build a bridge with toothpicks and Candy. In the chemistry department, they learned to use scales. They learned about many other kinds of jobs, too.

Right now, Cara does not know what job she will have when she grows up. But because of Take Our

Daughters to Work Day, she knows she has many choices.

65. What is Cara's father? A. An engineer. B. An official.

C. A moviemaker.

D. A professor.

66. According to the passage, Take our Daughters to work Day is ______. A. on every Thursday in April C. a day for girls to know about jobs

B. a holiday for girls of all ages D. a day for girls to get a job easily

67. On this special day, Cara has done all the following EXCEPT that ____. A. she learned to use scales C. she went to work with her aunt

B. she worked as an actress

D. she used toothpicks and Candy to build a bridge

68. What is probably the best title for the passage? A. Cara Lang, a Fortunate Girl C. Children's Day and Work Day 答案65. C

66. C

67. B

68. B

B. Take Our Daughters to Work Day

D. Ms. Foundation, an Organization for Women

第59题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语上海卷）题目

The ―Bystander Apathy Effect‖ was first studied by researchers in New York after neighbours ignoredin some cases turned up the volume on their TVs—the cries of a woman as she was murdered(over a half-hour period）. With regard to helping those in difficulty generally, they found that:

(1）women are helped more than men; (2）men help more than women;

and

(3）attractive women are helped more than unattractive women.

Other factors relate to the number of people in the area, whether the person is thought to be in trouble through their own fault, and whether a person sees himself as being able to help.

According to Adrian Furnham, Professor 0f University College, London, there are three reasons why we

tend to stand by doing nothing:

(1）―Shifting of responsibility

the more people there are, the less likely help is to be given. Each person ‖——

―other people

excuses himself by thinking someone else will help, so that the more shifting of responsibility.

(2）―'Fear of making a mistake'

‘ there are, the grea

situations are often not clear. People think that those involved in an ‘——

accident may know each other or it may be a joke, so a fear of embarrassment makes them keep themselves to themselves.

(3）―Fear of the consequences if attention is turned on you, and the person is violent.

Laurie Taylor, Professor of Sociology at London University, says:

―In the experiments I

‘ve seen on

‖

intervention(介入）, much depends on the neighborhood or setting. There is a silence on public transport which is hard to break. We are embarrassed to draw attention to something that is happening, while in a football match, people get involved, and a fight would easily follow.

‖

Psychotherapist Alan Dupuy identifies the importance of the individual: ―The British as a whol

some difficulty intervening, but there are exceptional individuals in every group who are prepared to intervene, regardless of their own safety: These would be people with a strong moral code or religious ideals.

76. Which of the following statements is true according to the passage? A. Pretty women are more likely to be helped. B. People on a bus are more likely to stop a crime. C. Religious people are more likely to look on. D. Criminals are more likely to harml women.

77. Which factor is NOT related with intervention according to me passage? A. Sex.

B. Nationality.

C. Profession.

D. Setting.

‖？

78. Which phenomenon call be described as the A. When one is in trouble, people think it

B. In a football match, people get involved in a fight.

―Bystander Apathy Effect‘s his own fault.

C. Seeing a murder, people feel sorry that it should have happened.

D. On hearing a cry for help, people keep themselves to themselves. 79. The author wrote this article ______. A. to explain why bystanders behave as they do B. to urge people to stand out when in need C. to criticize the selfishness of bystanders D. to analyze the weakness of human nature 答案76. A

77. C

78. D

79. A

第60题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语辽宁卷）题目

Have you ever dreamed of having a fashionable watch of great value?

A small watchmaker in Switzerland in 1922 designed the first automatic(

自动的）watch to show the day,

month, and date, Only seven of these splendid watches were ever made and these watches were almost lost to history. Today, it is so hard to get an original (首批的）$ 200,000 for one.

These watches attracted a lot of people for their splendid color, fashionable style, and new uses in the 1920s. The owners of the watches were admired and set apart from the crowd. Because the number of the original watches is very limited, owning such a watch will make you feel very special.

Today, you are offered the same kind of watch with improvement. It has a 24-jewel mechanical(

机械的）

watch that some watch historians are even willing to offer

movement, the kind desired by watch collectors, The watchmaker has made the movement of the watch much more modern with an automatic rotor(上弦装置）

so that the watch never needs to be wound by hand. The watch comes

in a very beautiful case with a crocodile design on it .To get a watch in such a perfect design means to get a chance to know a piece of watch-making history and to wear such a watch will show your personal taste and social position.

You can get the watch either in person or by mail all an affordable price. You will also receive good service from the watch seller. If you are not satisfied with the watch after you get it, you may simply return it within 30 days. Don‘t miss the chance to realize your dream.

56.The original automatic watches are valuable because A.the watches were made many years ago B.the watches were made by a Swiss watchmaker

100

C.only rich people can afford the watches D.only a few watches of the kind were made

57.Watch collectors want to get the improved watch, especially for its A.mechanical movement B.splendid color C.fashionable style D.new uses

58.The purpose of the passage is to encourage the readers to A.buy the watch B.return the watch C.wear the watch D. receive the service

59.The passage is probably taken from a A. report B. magazine C. text book D. science book 答案

56.D 57.A 58.A 59.B

56．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第三段

第2句―Because the number of the original watches is very .

limited, owning such a watch will make you feel very special这说明早期手表昂贵的原因是产量稀少。‖

57．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第六段

―It was a 24-jewel mechanical movement, the kind desired by

the watch collectors.可以推断出收藏者需要的是机械运动的表，选‖

58．解析：这是一道推理题。根据最后一段说明购买手表的便捷以及后续完善的服务，特别是最后一句―Don‘t miss the chance to realize your dream.明显是鼓励购买手表的语气。‖

59．解析：这是一道推理题。本文介绍了手表的发展，从昂贵到人人都能消费的起，最后一段的介绍明显带有鼓励购买的语气，很可能是在杂志里的带有广告色彩的文章。

第61题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语辽宁卷）题目

101

Department stores sell ready-to-wear clothing, which is also called ready-made-clothing. Such clothing

is made in fixed sizes. Those people who find that ready-made clothing fits them well can save money by buying it. Most often. People do not fit exactly into a producer

‘s size. Their clothing must be altered（改变）to make it fit

better. However, most alterations are not very expensive. The small cost of most alterations means that ready-made clothing can meet the needs of most customers.

Those who can afford it often get someone to design and make their clothing. Such clothing is called

custom-made（定做的）The person who makes it measures the customer,and then sews it so that it fits perfectly.Alterations are not needed. Custom-made clothing is largely sewn by hand. Has better quality,better material, and is of the style you have chosen. Of course, it costs much more than ready-to-wear clothing. You need to pay the difference for the special fitting and better skill that you are receiving. This often means that you spend double or more than you would for a ready-made garment（衣服）.

Custom-made clothing is not always that much better than ready-made clothing. It costs more partly

because only one garment has been made, just for you. Companies that produce ready-made products make thousands of garments at a time. This means they can buy large quantities of material. Workers cut each size by the hundreds. Companies work out ways to make the garments, quickly by machine and pay workers according to their skill. Thus they can sell the finished products at a low price while still making money. Most of the clothing sold in the United States is made in this way. Customers gain from the lower prices which are made possible by mass production（批量生产）.It may or may not give them high quality.

64.According to the passage, people who buy ready-made clothing A. wish to make alterations B. can fit into the sizes C. want to make it better D. will spend less money

65.We can learn from the passage that custom-made clothing is A. specially made B. fashionably designed C. chosen by few people D. made with difficulties

66.Which of the following is true about ready-made clothing? A. It is of poor quality.

. .

102

B. It suits all people.

C. It takes more time to make it. D. It is labor-saving to make it. 67.The purpose of the writer is

A. to explain why custom-made clothing costs more B. to show the advantages of mass production

C. to provide information about different kinds of clothing D. to tell readers how to make money from ready-made clothing 答案

64.D 65.A 66.D 67.C

64．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第一段第二行―Those people who find that ready-made clothing fits them well can save money by buying it这说明ready-made clothing‖要便宜一些。

65．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段―The person who makes it measures the customer, and then sew it so that it fits perfectly. Alterations are not needed.

可知custom-made closing ‖是特别定做的。选

66．解析：这是一道判断正误题。从最后一段可知可以节省时间和人工费用，并不一定质量不好。选

ready-made clothing是一次生产几千套，机器生产，

67．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文介绍了两类衣服的制作过程和特点，并加以比较，说明不同的制作方法适合不同的人群。所以

C比较贴切。

第62题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语辽宁卷）题目

Collecting information about pre-employment and filling out an application (

申请表）are closely

connected, However, filling out an application form much easier because you have total control and have enough time to think and plan.

That you are given a form to fill out does not necessarily mean that you have to answer all the questions in

it. If the form contains unclear questions or terms and conditions, you can make some changes before signing (签约）it, or refuse to answer some of the questions. What you must realize is that those terms and conditions have been written by highly paid lawyers. Each word is important, or it would not be there; and you can be sure that there is not anything there that is written with your interests in mind.

103

I know what I speak of because, as a lawyer for Litton Industries. I wrote the terms and conditions that were printed on the back of order forms, I wrote the most tiring terms and conditions anyone has ever seen. Still, 90 percent of the buyers would just sign on them without questioning anything, If anyone questioned them. We would reach an agreement on something that was acceptable to both sides.

So when you see a preprinted application that contains questions or terms and conditions, read it all and

read it slowly. If you don

‘t like something, you can simply change the parts you don

‘t like, Reme

everything can be settled by discussion. To what degree it can be settled depends on your position(立场）,of course, and that is something only you can determine.

68.Filling out application forms is much

A.everything connected with application forms is easier B.it is easier to collect information about pre-employment C.you can plan and have control of the needed time D.you can control the form filling with enough time 69.We can learn from the underlined partA.everything in a form must be read carefully B.questions in a form must be answered C.the conditions that interest you are changeable D.something of your interests is most important

70.The writer points out with an example that the side who will sign a form A. may know it is tiring for both sides to ask questions B. has to hire a highly paid lawyer to fill out the form C. should refuse to answer the questions in the form D. can reach an agreement with the other side by discussion 71. It can be inferred from the 4 paragraph that

―easier‖ . because

―Each word is importantthat . ‖

A.it depends on your position to settle everything in a form B.questions in a form are more important than your position C.you have little right to determine the conditions you like most D.you must change a preprinted application before it is discussed 答案

68.D 69.A 70.D 71.A

104

68．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段第二行―However, filling out an application form is much easier

有足

because you have total control and have enough time to think and plan.所以填写申请表可以自己控制时间，‖够时间去考虑。

69．解析：这是一道意义辨析题。根据―What you must realize is that those terms and conditions have been

written by highly paid lawyers.每一个条款和条件都是律师写的，‖

Each word is important.说明每一个条款都应

该仔细阅读，否则会带来不利。

70．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第三段最后一句

―If anyone questioned them, we would reach an

agreement on something that was acceptable to both sides说明如果一方对条款不同意，‖双方可以通过商议达成

一致。

71．解析：这是一道推理题。第四段讲述了面对预先印制的协议书的时候，应该仔细阅读每一个条款，如果你不同意可以通过商议达成一致，所有条款都是可以商量的，完全取决于你对待这些条款的态度。

第63题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语辽宁卷）题目

Important change took place in the lives of women in the 19

century. When men went out from their farms

to cities to seek jobs in industry, peasant women had to take over the sowing, growing, and harvesting of the fields as well as caring for cattle and raising their children. When women also moved to the cities in search of work, they found that it was increasingly separated by sex and that employment opportunities for women were limited to the lower-paid jobs. Later in the century, women in industry gathered mainly in cloth-making factories, though some worked in mining or took similarly difficult and tiring jobs.

In the 1800s, service work also absorbed(吸纳）a great number of women who arrived in the cities from

the country. Young women especially took jobs as servants in middle-class and upper-class homes; and as more and more men were drawn into industry, domestic service(家庭服务）

became increasingly a female job. In the

second half of the century, however, chances of other service work also opened up to women, from sales jobs in shops to teaching and nursing. These jobs came to be done mainly by women and low paid.

For thousands of years, when almost all work was done on the family farm or in the family firm(

家庭作坊）home and workplace had been the same, In these cases, women could do farm work or hand work, and perform home duties such as child care and preparation of meals at the same time, Along with the development of industry, the central workplace, however, such as the factory and the department store, separated home from work. Faced

105

，

with the necessity for women to choose between home and workplace, Western society began to give particular attention to the role of women as homemakers with more energy than ever before.

72.We learn from the first paragraph that seek jobs.

A.mining, teaching, and nursing B.sewing clothes and mining C. sowing, growing, and harvesting D. caring for cattle and growing crops

73.Domestic service because a female job mainly because A. women took care of children B. women took jobs as servants C. men were employee in industry D. men seldom worked in industry

74. We knows from the passage that in the 1800s

Had been done chiefly by men before they went to cities to

A. more and more women began to work in domestic service B. women mainly worked as servants, nurses, and miners C. service and industrial jobs absorbed more women than men D. women enjoyed working as sellers, teachers, and miners 75.This passage is about A.service and industry C.women and their work 答案

72.C 73.C 74.A 75.C

72．解析：这是一道细节推断题。

根据第一段第二句

―When men went out from their farms to cities to seek

In the 19century.

B.female and male jobs D.female jobs and the pay

jobs in industry, women had to take over the sowing, growing, and harvesting of the field as well as caring for cattle and raising their children从take over（接过，替代）‖可知男人去城市工作之前干的工作是and harvesting。

73．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段―and as more and more men were drawn into industry, domestic service became increasingly a female job.可知家庭服务成为女性工作的主要原因是越来越多的男性参加了工‖业劳动，所以家庭服务只能由女性来承担。

sowing, growing,

106

74．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段第一句number of women who arrived in the cities from the country.job‖可以推断出女性开始从事家庭服务行业。

―In the 1800s, service work also absorbed a great 和―domestic service became increasingly a female ‖

75．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要讲了女性工作的衍变过程，从在家里照顾孩子，从事家庭劳动到进入城市从事家庭服务、护士、教师等职业，所以选项

C―女性和她们的工作

‖比较贴切。

第64题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语江苏卷）题目

The first reality TV show in the world was called

Expedition Robinson and it was shown in Sweden in 1997.

Half the population of the country watched the final event and a new kind of TV program was born. Two years later in Holland , the first series of Big Brother was filmed. Again, it was a great success and the final program was watched by 15 million people. Now more than 20 countries around the world have

Big Brother or Expedition

Robinson on their TV screens. The ordinary people who take part in the programs are known by millions of people in their own countries and reality TV has become big, big business.

For the TV producers, reality TV is a dream come true because many of the programs cost nothing to make.

At some point, the television viewers are asked to telephone the program to vote or to apply to take part in the show. It is the cost of these telephone calls that pays for the shows. One of the most popular shows is Pop Idol. In the show a group of attractive young people are made into pop stars. TV viewers vote for their favorite person on the show. The winner makes a record and millions of copies of the record are sold. His or her pictures are published on the covers of magazines or on the front pages of newspapers, and then, they are quickly forgotten.

But not everyone is happy about reality TV. In Portugal, two TV channels got into trouble because they

showed too much of the personal lives of the people in the shows. In France, reality TV is called

―rubbish TV

‖ and

the TV studios of Big Brother were attacked three times in one week. In Greece, Big Brother was described as ― against human rights and civilization

‖.

60. Those who take part in the reality TV shows are usually _____. A. common people

B. pop TV stars

C. attractive people

D. famous film stars

61. Who would pay for the cost of the reality TV shows according to the passage? A. TV producers who make reality TV shows B. TV actors who take part in reality TV shows. C. TV viewers who telephone reality TV shows

107

D. TV companies which broadcast reality TV shows

62.Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage? A. Pop Idol is one of the popular reality TV shows in the world. B. Big Brother was one of the first reality TV shows in the world. C. Rubbish TV is one of the personal reality TV shows in the world. D. Expedition Robinson was the first reality TV shows in the world. 63. It can be concluded from the passage that ______. A. everyone is happy about reality TV. B. reality TV will do well in many countries. C. all the people in Europe are in favor of reality TV D. reality TV will not be broadcast in any countries. 答案

60.A 61.C 62.C 63.B

60．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段―the television viewers are asked to telephone the program to vote or to apply to take in the show可知，电视观众打电话申请参加真人秀，因此，真人秀的参加者是普通人。‖

61．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段可知是观众的电话为真人秀付费。

62．解析：这是一道判断题。从第三段

―In France, reality TV is called ?rubbish TV可知，真人秀在法国‘‖

―It is the cost of these telephone calls that pays for the shows.

被称为rubbish TV，而rubbish TV本身并不是一个节目。

63．解析：这是一道推断题。本文主要讲的是

reality TV，在第一段中间―Now more than 20 countries around

20多个国家流行。

the world have Big Brother or Expedition Robinson on their TV screens.可知，真人秀在‖

第65题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语江苏卷）题目

In a recently published book, I came across some exercises with interesting names such as fishbone diagrams, lotus flowers and clustering. As I used these exercises in my classes, I noticed that students were interested. They said more and wrote more. They enjoyed expressing their ideas and sharing them in groups. They were no longer passively waiting for the bell , but actively taking part in the lesson. I find that creativity can act as a way to increase participation and improve fluency.

108

Creativity has become a popular word in recent years. Scholars in arts, psychology, business, education

and science are all working to get a deeper understanding of it. Robert J. Stemberg is a creativity specialist and Yale professor of psychology. He defines creativity as

―the ability to produce work that is both new (original）and

appropriate(applicable to the situation ）‖. This definition is useful, as we want our students to use language in a new way and to use it correctly and properly. Mot scholars say there are two types of creativity: big and small

―c‖ creativity. Big

―C‖ creativity refers to genius level thinking that results in artistic masterpieces and

scientific breakthroughs. Small ―c‖ creativity refers to everyday level thinking that can be used in any situation our emphasis is on the latter. While it goes without saying that any of our students could go on to be the next Picasso or Edison, our aim is to help students produce more ideas and use language in a new way.

68. The underlined words A. longing for a phone call

―waiting for the bell B. hoping to have a bell

‖ in the first paragraph probably means______.

C. expecting the end of the class D. waiting to speak in the class

69. It can be inferred from the passage that the author thinks the exercises in the book were _____. A. popular

B. useful

C. scientific

D. creative

70. When you use a familiar word in a new way, you are ________. A creative in the sense of big B. creative in the sense of small C. not creative in the sense of big D. not creative in the sense of small

―C‖ creativity.

―c‖ creativity..―C‖ creativity..―c‖ creativity.

71. The main purpose of the passage is to _________. A. show how useful the book is. B. explain what creativity

C. discuss how one can be creative D. tell what reaching aims at 答案

68.C 69.D 70.B 71.B

68．解析：这是一道词义推断题。

waiting for the bell字面意思是―等待铃声‖。前后文讲到学生们对新的

C。

练习很有兴趣，积极地参与。说明原来上课不积极，因此等待的铃声是下课铃，选

69．解析：这是一道细节推断题。第一段讲了作者在书中发现的练习让学生很感兴趣，他得出的结论是创新是一个增加参与和流利程度的方法。因此，他认为这些练习是创新的。

109

70．解析：这是一道判断题。文中第二段―Small ?c‘ creativity refers to everyday level thinking that can be

‖题目讲到的是―一个常用词的新用法

‖，与

used in any situation.意思是‖―小创新指的是普通水平思考的创新。小创新讲到的内容符合，因此

B正确。

71．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文第一段先举了一个上课创新的例子，第二段讲述了创新的含义、创新的两种类型等内容，因此

B正确。

第66题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语浙江卷）题目

Thomson 中学学生

Mike、Joseph、Anna、Ian 和Susan 正在计划下学期各自的选修课程。阅读

A至F六门选修课的介绍，

选出符合各人个性特长的最佳选项，

第61

至65题中的各人情况说明和并在答题纸上

将该选项标号涂黑。选项中有一项是多余的选项。

61. Mike spent his childhood mostly in his father

writers. Next term he will become a senior student. He thinks itto write about them.

62. Joseph is good at the language arts, and in his spare time he likes to write short stories. It is his wish that his stories would be printed in local newspapers. So he is thinking of taking a course to develop his writing skills, such as wording and paragraph organization.

63. A lively and caring girl, Anna takes an active part in social activities. She is trying to write reports for newspapers about what she sees and hears. But few of them are accepted because of poor organization of information. She feels the need to improve her writing and communication skills next term.

64. Ian traveled worldwide with his parents when he was very young. Under their influence, he becomes greatly interested in stories of travel and adventure. He hopes to write his own stories in the future. So next term, he will choose a course to study the best writing of this type.

65. Susan comes from China. As a junior back home, she wrote quite a lot of short stories, some of which were published in newspapers. Her parents suggest she read some classics by Asian and Western writers. She thinks it helpful in her writing. So she is going to take a course of this kind next term.

THOMSON HIGH SCHOOL A

Creative Writing

‘ s study, where he read novels by British and American ime that he read more of their works and learned ‘ s t

110

-by Mrs. A. McClellan

Creative writing is a course in which we study and apply the methods used in various forms of fiction writing. Writing is a skill of art in itself. We are guided by Ezra Poundit new.

‖ Creative writing does not only provide us with an opportunity to express ourselves, but

‘s opinion:

also holds our attention to word choice, paragraph development, and other skills useful in writing.

Journalism - by Dr.E.Brandt

Journalism is a course for seniors, in which we will cover how to gather, write, and report the news. We will discuss how information is, or can be, organized. This course also aims to develop communication skills required of journalists.

American & British Classics - by Dr. E. Walter

A classic is a literary work that has stood the test of time. Generations of readers have turned to classics to discover that which is ever-lasting. Through both the works themselves and the people they mirror, we may better be able to see ourselves. In this course, we will read works in both British and American literature (文字）. We will write reviews of what we read.

Technical Writing - by Mr. J. Allen

What is technical writing? It is the course devoted to improving your communication skills in, for, and through technology. Activities for this course will help you develop communication skills that are necessary for writers and speakers working with technology or in business.

Non-fiction -by Dr. M. Timm

The course is a study of non-fiction through reading many different types of non-fiction. The course will also be about the possible changes in journalistic reporting and the sharing of

111

personal stories of various people on various topics such as travel and adventure. We will examine some of the best writing in the world and deal with the techniques used in this text type.

World Literature - by Mrs. A. &McClellan

World Literature examines the common people found in quality literature worldwide, from Europe to America, from Asia to Africa, and introduces a variety of cultural background at different points in history. In these worlds, we find not only what is unique to each culture, but what is universal We are also able to tell what makes for a good story, no matter from where or whom the story springs.

答案61.C 62.A

63.B

64.E

65.F

总题数：22 题

第67题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语福建卷）题目

There are two main forms of teaching in Nottingham University: seminar (

very different from the sort of teaching most often used in schools and colleges.

In seminars you will be taught with discussion focusing on a text or topic set in advance in a friendly and informal atmosphere. The purpose is to provide an opportunity to try out new ideas and to think through difficulties with fellow-learners. Students develop friendships through groups, as well as learning more about other peopleideas. You can also know your tutors as an individual rather than a face at the end of the room.

Lectures are the most formal. There may be over a hundred in the audience and the lecture will last about fifty minutes. The value of the lecture is that it can present to a large number of people information which is not readily available in books, that it can give you an opportunity to hear a specialist develop a coherent(有条理的）argument, and that it can show visual material to a wide audience.

You typical week

‘s work will feel strange after school or college since there are fewer timetabledteaching

辅导）. For

研讨会）and lecture. They are

hours. Each week in the first year you may attend about six lectures and four to six seminars or tutorials(

the rest of the time you are working on your own, doing the necessary reading in preparation for tutorials or writing

112

seminar papers. When writing an essay or carrying out project work, you can often discuss with your tutor about the title and topic.

68. The purpose of the passage is_______. A.to introduce two main forms of teaching B.to persuade you to try out new ideas C.to stress the importance of discussion

D.to make you believe that seminar is more helpful 69.One of the values of the lecture is______. A.to make friends through groups B.to learn more about other people

‘s ideas

C.to offer a chance to discuss with a specialist D.to present to students information not found in books 70.Your typical week

work in the university will feel strange because______. ‘s

A.you may have no project work after class B.you may give lectures and seminars

C.you may have fewer timetabled teaching hours D.you may write seminar papers with fellow-learners 71.We can learn from the passage that__________. A.scminar is better than lecture B.lecture is better than seminar C.seminar is more formal than lecture D.lecture is more formal than seminar

答案

68.A 69.D 70.C 71.D

68．解析：这是一道主旨题。这篇短文介绍两种主要的教学方式。短文的第一句话

There are two main

forms teaching in Nottingham University: seminar and lecture.是这篇短文的主题句，说明了这篇短文写作的目的是介绍Nottingham大学的两种主要的教学方式：研讨会和上课。

69．解析：这是一道细节题。从第三段中的

The value of the lecture is that it can present to a large number of

people information which is not readily available in books, that it can give you an opportunity to hear a specialist

113

develop a coherent argument, and that it can show visual material to a wide audience.可知，上课的主要价值是向学生讲述书本上没有的信息。

70．解析：这是一道细节题。根据最后一段中的

Your typical week

‘s work will feel strange after school or

college since there are fewer timetabled teaching hours.可判断出由于几乎没有教学时间表而会感到奇怪。一般的大学都会按部就班地按时间表进行教学活动，没有固定的教学时间表，自然会感到奇怪。

71．解析：这是一道细节题。根据第三段中的规。

Lectures are the most formal.可判断出上课比研讨会更正

第68题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语福建卷）题目

Despite the high technology and investment(投资）in flood defences by the Environment Ageney.(环保

局），there is no way to stop all flooding-sooner or later nature will produce something that will beat even the strongest defences.

Warning people of this danger is very important if we are to prevent the great loss of life seen fifty-three years ago. Indeed if the Flood Warning system that currently exists had been around on that cold, stormy night in January 1953 ,many lives would have been spared.

The Environment Agency took over the role of flood warning in 1995 from the police who had to go door to door or sound alarms to get the news out.The service is being constantly improved and a combination of better technology and increased investment following the Easter Floods of 1998 has led to the creation of Floodline and an automatic(自动）messaging system that can warn thousands of people in very little time.

Floodline 0845 988 1188 offers information and advice 24 hours a day and of warnings are in place, callers can get information either from local updates or by using a quickdial code for their area.

The Flood Warning team in Kent has also sent letters to the people living close to the rivers or the sea and invited them to join the AVM(automated voice messaging）system. Anyone choosing to take up this free service will receive a recorded message directly to their home, business or pager telling them of the level of warning, giving them as much time as possible to carry out their flood plan and save items that cannot be replaced if lost or damaged, such as photographs or children

‘s favorite toys.

72.Choose the correct statements from the following according to the passage. a.Many people lost their lives in the flood in 1953. b.The Flood Warning system was already in use in 1953.

114

c.Flood defences can stop all flooding.

d.The Environment Agency began to warn people of flood in 1995. e.Floodline was created after the Easter Floods of 1998. A.a,b,c

B.b,c,d

C.a,c,e

D.a,d,e

73.What does the underlined word―pager‖mean in the passage?

A.A boy employed to carry luggage in hotels.

B.A piece of equipment designed to receive and show messages. C.A page of papers written to offer messages. D.A person invited to write pages of messages.

74.People can easily get information and advice about flood any time of the day from______.

A.automatic messaging system B.Floodline 0845 988 1188 C.the Flood Warning team in Kent D.automated voice messaging system

75.The best title for this passage may probably be_______. A.Environment Agency

B.Technology In Flood Defences C.Flood Warning System D.Easter Floods

答案

72.D 73.B 74.B 75.C

72．解析：这是一道正误判断题。

根据第二段中的

Indeed if the Flood Warning system that currently exists

had been around on that cold, stormy night in January 1953, many lives would have been spared.可判断出在1953年的洪水中许多人失去了生命，

从而判断出a是正确的。根据第三段中的

The Environment Agency took over

可

the role of flood warning in 1995 from the police who had go door to door or sound alarms to get the news out.判断出在1995年环保局开始洪水预报，从而判断出

d是正确的。根据第三段中的

The service is being

constantly improved and a combination of better technology and increased investment following the Easter Floods of 1998 had led to the creation of Floodline and automatic messaging system that can warn thousands of people in very little time.可判断出e是正确的。

115

73．解析：这是一道词义猜测题。根据最后一段中的Anyone choosing to take up this free service will receive

a recorded message directly to their home, business or pager telling them of the level of warning, giving them as much time as possible to carry out their flood plan and save items that cannot be replaced if lost or damaged, such as photographs or children

‘s favorite toys.可判断出pager指的是一种用于接收和显示信息的装置。

74．解析：这是一道细节题。第四段中的Flooding 0845 988 1188 offer information and advice 24 hours a day and if warnings are in place, callers can get information either from local updates or by using a quickdial code for their area.表明人们可以在全天的任何时候通过

Flooding 0845 988 1188获得信息。

75．解析：这是一道标题选择题。这篇短文讲述了洪水报警系统建立和工作情况。所以最好的题目应是：Flood Warning System。

第69题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语湖北卷）题目

Join the thousands of professionals and international travelers who depend on Chanps- Elysees Schau ins

Land, Puerta del Sol, and Acquerello italiano to help them stay in touch with Designed to help you greatly improve your listening, audio-magazines (有声杂志）

the languages and cultures they love.

vocabulary, and cultural IQ, these unique European

are guaranteed (保证）to give you enthusiasm and determination to study the

language— or your money back！

Each audio-magazine consists of an hour-long programme on CD or DVD. You'll hear interviews with

well-known Europeans, passages covering current events and issues as well as feature stories on the culture you love. A small book. which goes with CD or DVD, contains a complete set of printed materials, notes (background notes included）averaging 600 words and expression translated into English. The result you build fluency month in and month out.

To help you integrate language study into your busy life, we've made each audio- magazine convenient. Work on language fluency while driving to work, exercising, or cooking

—anytime and anywhere you want！

Best of alt each programme is put together by professional broadcasters journalists, and editors who have

a strong interest in European languages and cultures. That enthusiasm comes through in every edition. From New York to London to Singapore? the users tell us no company produces a better product for language learners at all levels .Ring for more information, or order at www. audiomagazine. com. We guarantee that you have nothing to lose if it's not for you; let us know within 6 weeks and we will completely reimburse you.

56. The audio-magazines in the passage are_____________.

A. published in European languages

116

B. read on the computer screen

C. designed in the form of small-sized books D. broadcast on television and the radio 57. The audio-magazines are mainly for_________.

A. European journalists B. professional travelers C. language learners

D. magazine collectors

58. What is mentioned as a feature of the audio-magazines?

A. They are translated into English. B. They are convenient for the users.

C. They are very easy to read

D. They are cheap and popular.

59. What does the underlined part \"reimburse you\" probably mean? A. Return the money you paid. B. Change the product you bought.

C. Offer you a free repair. D. Guarantee you the quality.

答案

56. A 57.C 58. B 59. A

56．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段―You‘ll hear interviews with well-known Europeans可知，‖audio-magazines是用欧洲语言出版的。因此

A正确。

57．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段最后一句

―The result: you build fluency month in and month out.

可知听有声杂志的结果是讲外语逐渐越来越流利。以及第三段

―help you integrate language study into your

busy life也可以得知有声杂志是为了提高语言水平的。因此，有声杂志是给语言学习者准备的。‖

58．解析：这是一道细节判断题。从第三段help you integrate language study into your busy life, weeach audio-magazine convenient.可知，文中提到了有声杂志的特点是

convenient。

59．解析：这是一道词义推测题。从这句话的上下文来看，前半句话的意思是―我们保证，如果有声杂

志对你没用，你将毫无损失

‖；从选项来看，只有

―全额退款‖才是―毫无损失‖。由此可以推断，后半句讲的

是―六周之内告诉我们，我们将全额退款‖。reimburse，偿还。

第70题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语湖北卷）题目

An environmental group called the Food Commission is unhappy and disappointed because of the sale of

bottled water from Japan. The water, it angrily argues in public, has traveled 10,000 \"food miles\" before it reaches

117

‘Western customers. \"Transporting water halfway across the world issurely the extremely stupid use of fuel when there is plenty of water in the UK.\" It is also worried that we are wasting our fuel by buying prawns(Indonesia (7,000 food miles）and carrots from Sooth Africa (5,900 food miles）.

Counting the number of miles traveled by a product is a strange way of trying to tell the true situation of

the environmental damage done by an industry. Most food is transported around the world on container ships that are extremely energy-efficient (高能效的）. It should be noted that a ton of butter transported 25 miles in a truck to a farmers' market does not necessarily use less fuel on its journey than a similar product transported hundreds of miles by sea. Besides, the idea of \"food miles\" ignores the amount of fuel used in the production. It is possible to cut down your food miles by buying tomatoes grown in Britain rather than those grown in Ghana; the difference is that the British ones will have been raised in heated greenhouses and the Ghanaian ones in the open sun.

What the idea of \"food miles

‖ does provide, however, is the chance to cut out Third World countries from

对虾）from

First World food markets. The number of miles traveled by our food should, as I see it, be regarded as a sign of the success of the global (全球的）

trade system, not a sign of damage to the environment.

68. The Food Commission is angry because it thinks that_______

A. UK wastes a lot of money importing food products B. some imported goods cause environmental damage C. growing certain vegetables damages the environment D. people waste energy buying food from other countries

69. The phrase \"food miles\" in the passage refers to the distance _______.

A. that a food product travels to a market

B. that a food product travels from one market to another C. between UK and other food producing countries

D. between a Third World country and a First World food market

70. By comparing tomatoes raised in Britain and in Ghana, the author tries to explain that ______

A. British tomatoes are healthier than Ghanaian ones B. Ghanaian tomatoes taste better than British ones C. cutting down food miles may not necessarily save fuel D. protecting the environment may cost a lot of money 71. From the passage we know that the author is most probably

A. a supporter of free global trade

118

B. a member of the Food Commission C. a supporter of First World food markets D. a member of an energy development group 答案

68. D 69. A 70.C 71.A

68．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据

―Transporting water halfway across the world is surely the extremely

可知Food commission‖生气是因为英国有很多水，还

stupid use of fuel when there is plenty of water in the UK要耗费很多燃料从国外进口水，这是很愚蠢的。

69．解析：这是一道词义猜测题。

根据―The water, it angrily argues in public, has traveled 10,000 food miles

Western customers）的距离。

before it reaches Western customers可知，商品运到目的地（‖

70．解析：这是一道细节推断题。作者通过比较西红在英国和加纳的生长条件（在应该西红柿在温室里生长，而在加纳是在室外生长），说明减少了运输的能量消耗，但可能增加生产产品的能量消耗，所以减少食物运输公里未必能节省能源。

71．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据最后一句

―The number of miles traveled by our food should, as I see

it, be regarded as a sign of the success of the global trade system, not a sign of damage to the environment可以知道作者认为全球贸易系统是成功的，对全球贸易系统是表示支持的。

第71题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语湖北卷）题目

Silence is unnatural to man. He begins life with a cry and ends it in stillness. In between he does all he can

to make a noise in the world, and he feats silence more than anything else. Even his conversation is an attempt to prevent a fearful silence. If he is introduced to another person, and a number of pauses occur in the conversation, he regards himself as a failure, a worthless person, and is full of envy of the emptiest headed chatterbox (喋喋不休的人）. He knows that ninety-nine percent of human conversation means no more than the buzzing of a fly, but he is anxious to join in the buzz and to prove that he is a man and not a waxwork figure (蜡塑人像）.

The aim of conversation is not, for the most part, to communicate ideas; it is to keep up the buzzing sound. There are, it must be admitted, different qualities of buzz; there is even a buzz that is as annoying as the continuous noise made by a mosquito (蚊子）. But at a dinner party one would rather be a mosquito than a quiet person. Most buzzing, fortunately, is pleasant to the ear, and some of it is pleasant even to the mind. He would be a foolish man if he waited until he had a wise thought to take part in the buzzing with his neighbors.

119

Those who hate to pick up the weather as a conversational opening seem to me not to know the reason why human beings wish to talk. Very few human beings join in a conversation in the hope of learning anything new. Some of them are content if they are merely allowed to go on making a noise into other people

have nothing to tell them except that they have seen two or three new plays or that they had food in a Swiss hotel At the end of an evening during which they have said nothing meaningful for a long time, they just prove themselves to be successful conversationists

72. According to the author, people make conversation to ______ A. exchange ideas B. prove their value

C. achieve success in life D. overcome their fear of silence 73. By \"the buzzing of a fly\" (Para. 1）, the author means\"________

A. the noise of an insect C. meaningless talks

B. a low whispering sound D. the voice of a chatterbox

‖

‘s

74. According to the passage, people usually ______talk to their neighbors ______. A. about whatever they have prepared B. about whatever they want to

C. in the hope of learning something new D. in the hope of getting on well

75. What is the author's purpose in writing the passage? ________. A. To discuss why people like talking about weather. B. To encourage people to join in conversations. C. To persuade people to stop making noises. D. To explain why people keep talking. 答案

72. D 73.C 74. B 75. D 72．解析：这是一道细节推断题。们谈话只是抑止对安静的恐惧。

73．解析：这是一道词义解释题。

The buzzing of a fly本意是苍蝇的嗡嗡声，根据题目中的

―means可知‖

―Even his conversation is an attempt to prevent a fearful silence说明人

本题不是考察本意，而是引申意。根据后面一句―but he is anxious to join in the buzz and to prove that he is a

man and not a waxwork figure（人们加入谈话只是为了证明不是蜡像），说明谈话是没有意义的，无聊的。‖

120

74．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段最后一句a wise thought to take part in the buzzing with his neighbors蠢的），可以推断出和邻居谈话无论谈什么都可以。

―He would be a foolish man if he waited until he had （如果他有了新鲜的思路才加入邻居的谈话将是愚‖

75．解析：这是一道主旨题。短文描述了男人的谈话是空洞无趣的，只是为了谈话而谈话。

第72题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语湖南卷）题目

For the first time in modern history,less than half of the U.S.adult population now reads literature,according

to a recent survey.Reading at Risk A Survey of Lilerary Reading in America presents a detailed review of the decline of reading

‘s role in the nation

‘s culture.

Reading at Risk

Reading at Risk is a survey of national fashion in adult literary reading.The data source for

is as reliable and objective(客观的）as any such survey can be.The key results of the survey are presented in the ―Summary‖,but the report can be further explained as:literary reading in America is not only declining rapidly among all groups, but the rate of decling has been speeded up, especially among the young. Reading at Risk merely shows a great cultural change that most Americans have already noted－our societymedia for entertainment and information.

Reading a book requires a degree of active attention and devotion.Indeed,reading itself is a progressive skill that depends on years of education and practice. On the contrary, most electronic media such as television , recordings , and radio make fewer demands on their audiences, and indeed require no more than passive participation. While oral culture has a rich reality and electronic media offer the considerable advantages of variety, print culture affords irreplaceable forms of focused and thought that make various communications and views possible.The decline in reading, therefore ,equals a larger retreat(减少）from participation in public and cultural life.

What is to be done?There is surely no single solution to the present problem, just as there is no single cause .The important thing now is to understand that America can no longer take active and devoted reading for granted.

Reading is not a timeless, common ability. As more Americans love thus ability our nation becomes less informed, active ,and independent minded .These are not qualities that a free, inventive, or productive society can afford to lose.

‘s great turn to electronic

121

59.The main purpose of the survey is to _______. A.focus on the role of electronic media and reading B.show that American young people read less and less C.give a report of the national of literary reading

D.review that less than half of the population now reads literature 60.According to the passage ,reading _______. A.requires less attention and devotion B.demands no more than passive participation C.limits various communications and views

D.means active participation in public and cultural life 61.The underlined phrase

―cultural change

‖in Paragraph 2 refers to the change _______.

A.from oral culture to electronic media B.from print culture to electronic media C.from electronic media to oral culture D.from electronic media to print culture 62.The author of the passage ________. A.misunderstands oral culture B.doubts the Americans to read more C.encourages the Americans to read more

D.agrees to the solution to present problem in reading 答案

59—62：CDBC

59．解析：这是一道推断题，Reading at risk这个调查的主要目的是美国人近年来阅读文学的一个趋势。注意本题强调的是调查的目的，而不是内容和结果。

60．解析：这是一个细节判断题。根据第三段最后一句

The decline in reading, therefore, equals a larger

也就着说―阅读

retreat from participation in public and culture life.（阅读的减少等于参与公共文化生活的减少）意味着参与公共文化生活

‖，选D.

61．解析：这是一个细节推断题。根据第二段描述美国人的文学阅读在大大减少和最后一句electronic media可以推断出读书正从书面阅读转向电子媒体。‖

―turn to

122

62．解析：这是一个细节推断题。前几段是对这个调查的描述，最后一段是作者的态度。从American lose this ability, our nation becomes less informed, active, and independent minded应该多读书。

―as more

可以得知作者认为

‖

第73题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语广东卷）题目

Members of the working class have blue-collar jobs. They are construction workers, truck drivers, mechanics, steel workers, electricians, and the like. What makes this class differ from the lower class is, first, longer periods of employment —and therefore, more fixed incomes —and, second, employment in skilled or semiskilled (半熟练的）occupations, not unskilled ones. Although unemployment hits all levels of the American economy, including those of skilled and semi-skilled workers, it is most common at the bottom of the class structure and increasingly less common at each level upward. They consider themselves to be respectable and hard working and they look down upon members of the \"lower\" class, whom they often consider to be lazy, dishonest, and too ready to exploit public assistance.

Most people in the working class have at least high school education. Many have some experience of college ( especially community college）, though few are college graduates. Unionization has helped the working class, but a rapidly changing economy and frequent periods of high unemployment make it difficult for most of its members to be able to increase their savings greatly. Purchasing a house for people in this class is extremely difficult, although a certain percentage may receive houses from their parents. (Home-owning rises with social class. ）

A greater number of the members of the working class take relatively little satisfaction in their jobs,

because much of their work is ordinary and boring. As a result, many seek their main satisfaction in recreational ( 娱乐的）

activities. Many members of this class would like to earn enough money to leave their jobs and start

their own businesses, though few make it. Many place their expectations on their children, hoping that they at least will rise in the ladder of success, American style.

64. Which of the following is true about the working class.?

A. They are often employed as skilled and semi-skilled workers. B. They are often offered jobs with high incomes. C. They are often considered lazy and dishonest. D. They are often exploited by the public.

65. The underlined word ―hit‖ (paragraph 1 ）roughly means

123

A. strike with a blow B. have bad effects on C. break up D. beat

66. Most people in the working class

A. have difficulty increasing their savings greatly B. have at least some experience of college C. receive houses from their parents D. buy houses by themselves

67. Many members from the working class are not satisfied with their jobs because

A. they could not rise in the ladder of success B. they are not interested in their jobs C. they could not earn much money D. they are not their own bosses 答案

64.A 65.B 66.A 67.B

64．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第一段讲到

working class和the lower class的第二个区别是

employment in skilled or semiskilled occupations。由此可知，A正确。

65．解析：这是一道推测词义题。这句话的意思是，―尽管失业影响到了美国经济体系的各个阶级

‖，因

此应选B。

66．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段

―but a rapidly changing economy and frequent periods of high

unemployment make it difficult for most of its members to be able to increase their savings greatly.可知，working

class大多数人要大幅度增加收入很难。

67．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从最后一段

―A greater number of the members of the working class take

relatively little satisfaction in their jobs, because much of their work is ordinary and boring.可知，他们对工作不

感兴趣，因此对工作不满意。

第74题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语广东卷）题目

124

‖

How many people have I met who have told me about the book they have been planning towrite but have never yet found the time?Far too many.

This is Life, all right, but we do treat it like a rehearsal (best moments.

We take jobs to stay alive and provide homes for our families always making ourselves believe that this style of life is merely a temporary state of affairs along the road to what we really want to do. Then, at 60 or 65, we are suddenly presented with a clock and several grandchildren and we look back and realize that all those years waiting for Real Life to come along were in fact real life.

In America they have a saying much laughed at by the English：―Have a nice day

‖ they speak slowly and

排演）and, unhappily, we do miss so many of its

seriously in their shops, hotels and sandwich bars. I think it is a wonderful phrase, reminding us, in effect, to enjoy the moment: to value this very day.

How often do we say to ourselves, \"I'll take up horse-riding (or golf, or sailingposition,\" only to do none of those things when I do get the higher position.

When I first became a reporter I knew a man who gave up a very well paid respectable job at the Daily Telegraph to go and edit a small weekly newspaper. At the time I was astonished by what appeared to me to be his completely abnormal (反常的）

mental state. How could anyone turn his back on Fleet Street in central London

）as soon as I get a higher

for a small local area？I wanted to know.

Now I am a little older and possibly wiser, I see the sense in it. In Fleet Street the man was under continual pressure. He lived in an unattractive London suburb and he spent much of his life sitting on Southern Region trains.

68. The first paragraph of the passage tells us that

A. we always try to find some time to write a book B. we always make plans but seldom fulfil them C. we always enjoy many of life's best moments D. we always do what we really want to do

69. The underlined phrase \"turn his back on\" (paragraph 6）most probably means

A. leave for B. return to C. give up D. rely on

70. The man ( paragraph 6）left his first job partly because he was

125

A. in an abnormal mental state B. under too much pressure C. not well paid D. not respected

71. What is probably the best title for the passage?

A. Provide Homes For Our Family B. Take Up Horse-riding C. Value This Very Day D. Stay Alive 答案

68.B 69.C 70.B 71.C

68．解析：这是一道归纳题。第一段讲到大部分人都在说―我想写本书，但是没时间‖，说明我们常常有

计划但是没有实施。第一句很像是对的但是文中没有体现

―我们一直试着找时间

‖。

69．解析：这是一道猜义题。根据前面的

―I knew a man who gave up a very well paid respectable job at the

Daily Telegraph to go and edit a small weekly newspaper.可知他离开了伦敦新闻界‖

（Fleet Street，舰队街，指

英国伦敦新闻界）而去了一个小地方。所以

―turn his back on就是前句中‖―give up 的意思。‖

70．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―In Fleet Street the man was under continual pressure可知他在承受

很大的压力。

71．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文的主题是抓住每一天，做自己喜欢的事，并举了―人们总是做计划但

是实现不了‖和―我朋友离开新闻界办小报

‖两个故事。所以

C选项―Value This Very Day比较贴切。‖

第75题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语江西卷）题目

Answering the Community Needs of Our City

The Silver City Council recognizes that citizens have certain needs. To better meet

your needs, we have made several changes to community facilities in 2004. This chart shows how we have tried to make your life better.

Transport

☆Some facilities at Station Street ☆Three stations for the suburbs have Hospital have been upgraded.

been added to the western train service.

Education

126

‖

☆20 new buses for the southern line were purchased in January.

☆50 percent of city bus-stops have been upgraded.

☆Buses to the eastern suburbs will run every 15 minutes.

☆Textbooks will be free to all primary students in 2004 !

☆Rental for private schools has been reduced.

☆Teachers report that the ?no hat - no play‘ rule has been successful.

Protection and Security

Communication

☆Broadband cable is now available to all parts of the city.

☆All of the new Government buildings are ?smart-wired for better computer ‘service!

Entertainment / Recreation

☆The John Street basketball courts have

Medical Facilities

☆The new state-of-the-art Nightingale Hospital was opened in June.

☆To overcome a shortage of trained medical staff at Dover Hospital, 10 doctors have been employed from overseas.

been re-surfaced !

☆The new Central Community Building opened in May.

☆5,000 new fiction books were bought for the Silver City Library.

☆Extra police now patrol (巡逻）the tourist areas.

☆50 new police officers graduated in July and have taken up duties in the city area.

72. The public notice is from A. the community C. the citizens

73. The notice is mainly about

B. the local government D. a travel agency .

A. the work carried out by the people of Silver City

127

B. the facilities available in Silver City C. some improvements in Silver City D. information for interested tourists 74. All the following are true EXCEPT that

A. both residents and tourists can enjoy more security now B. Station Street Hospital had out-dated facilities before 2004 C. primary students had to pay for their textbooks in 2003 D. Dover Hospital is still short of trained medical staff

75. Which of the following changes would tourists to Silver City be most happy with? A. Travel books are provided in the new library. B. Traveling by train is more convenient in Silver City.

C. Free medical treatment is available at Station Street Hospital. D. There are more police officers on duty now. 答案

72. B 73. C 74. D 75. D

72．解析：这是一道推理题。根据第一句―The silver City Council recognizes that citizens have certain needs.可以推断出这是一个政府的公告，是当地政府发布的。

73．解析：这是主旨题。根据

―To better meet your needs, we have made several changes to community

Silver City政府的一些改进。

facilities in 2004.和后面在各个公共设施的具体改进，说明本文讲的是‖

74．解析：这是一道判断正误题。

根据―Medical Facilities部分的描述，‖―To overcome a shortage of trained

可知医务人员短缺已经被克服。‖

medical staff at Dover Hospital, 10 doctors have been employed from overseas.D选项是不对的。

75．解析：这是一道推理题。

Tourist 关注的应该最关心的是安全问题，根据

‖

―50 new police officers

graduated in July and have taken up duties in the city area.可知选D.

第76题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语安徽卷）题目

Childhood was an illusion (错觉）and the illusion was this: everything was bigger. No, I mean everything,

not just houses and shops and grown-ups, but colors and flowers and journeys, especially journeys which seemed endless.

―Are we there yet, Daddy?

‖

128

Funfairs (游乐场）were huge things that spread for miles around you with noise and lights and exciting

danger. Rainy days at home when you were ill seemed to last for ever. Being a grown-up yourself was an unthinkable distant possibility. Every sound was louder, every game was grander, every pain unbearable.

As I‘ve grown old, life has become smaller. Tastes have dulled. Surprises have turned into shocks. Days go

by unnoticed. How can I regain childhood when it was an illusion?

I have only one repeatable and wonderful way and even in this way I can regain only part of that larger world. I can play upon the stage like a child and make the crowd laugh and laugh with them, sometimes helplessly like a child, and then, even though Ithose bigger years when I was little.

72. How does the author feel about his childhood? A. It was endless.

B. It was unpleasant.

D. He misses it as a grown-up

-one-year-old man, I can almost catch the colors and sounds and stillness of ‘m a sixty

C. He is glad that it is over.

73. The author thinks that everything was bigger in childhood because A. children could not make proper judgments. B. children were curious and eager about life C. things appeared really big in childrenD. to grow up seemed so long for children

74. The world seems to have become smaller to the author because A. life is disappointing

C. he has had too many surprises

B. time goes by too fast

D. foods no longer taste delicious

B. live an unusual life D. regain his childhood

‘s eyes

75. The author enjoys playing on the stage so as to A. act like a child C. make the crowd laugh 答案

72.D 73.B 74.A 75.D

72．解析：这是一道推理题。根据第三段最后一句可以知道作者希望回到童年，说明他很怀念童年时光。

73．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段好奇。

―How can I regain childhood when it was an illusion?

―especially journeys which seemed endless说明儿童充满了‖

129

74．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―Ｔastes have dulled. Surprises have turned into shocks. Days go by

unnoticed. 味觉退化了，好奇变成了打击，日子过得飞快，说明作者对成年生活很失望。‖

75．解析：这是个推理题。根据最后一段第一句this way I can regain only part of that larger world.

―I have only one repeatable and wonderful way and even in

可知作者像小孩一样在台阶上玩是为了重围童年的感觉。‖

第77题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语四川卷）题目

Instead of hitting the beach, fourteen high school students traded swimming suits for lab coats last summer and turned their attention to scientific experiments.

The High School Research Program offers high school students guidance with researchers in Texas A&MCollege of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Jennifer Funkhouser,academic adviser for the Department of Rangeland Ecology and Management, dirests this four-week summer program designed to increase understanding of research and its career potential(潜能）。

Several considerations go into selecting students,including grades, school involvement and interest in science and agriculture. And many students come from poorer school districts, Funkhouser says,learn techniques and do experiments they never would have a chance to do in high school.

Warner Ervin of Houston is interested in animal science and learned how to tell male from female mosquitoes(蚊子）.His adviser,Craig Coates,studies the genes of mosquitoes that allow them to fight against malaria and yellow fever.Coates thought this experience would be fun and helpful to the high school students.

The agricultural research at A&M differs from stereotypes. Itedge,‖Funkhouser says.The program broadened students

分子）‘science on the cutting s ―molecular(

‘ knowledge.Victor Garcia of Rio Grande City hopes to

‖

‘s

―This is the

become a biology teacher and says he learned a lot about chemistry from the program.

At the end of the program,the students presented papers on their research.They

work-another way this program differs from others,which often charge a fee.

Fourteen students got paid to learn that science is fun,that agriculture is a lot more than milking and

plowing and that research can open many doors.

71.The research program is chiefly designed for _______. A.high school advisers from Houston B.college students majoring in agriculture C.high school students from different places

$600 for their ‘re also paid

130

D.researchers at the College of Agriculture and Life Sciences

72.It can be inferred from the text that the students in poorer areas ___________ . A.had little chance to go to college B.could often take part in the program C.found the program useful to their future

D.showed much interest in their high school experiments 73.When the program was over, the students ________. A.entered that college B.wrote research reports C.paid for their research

D.found way to make money

74.The underlined expression ―on the cutting edge

‖ in paragraph 5 means ___ position―on the most‖．

A.important B.favourable C.astonishing

D.advanced

75.What would be the best title for the text? A.A Program for Agricultural Science Students B. A Program for Animal Science Students C. A Program for Medical Science Lovers D. A Program for Future Science Lovers 答案

71.C 72.C 73.B 74.D 75.D 71．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―The High School Research Program offers high school students

guidance with researchers in Texas A&M‘s College of Agriculture and Life Sciences可知这个计划是面向高中‖

生的，另外这个计划里有来自

Texas的Huston的，不只一个地方。

72．解析：这是一道推理题。根据

―This is their chance to learn techniques and do experiments they never

would have a chance to do in high school.和―this four‖-week summer program designed to increase understanding of research and its career potential可以推断出这个计划将在就业潜能方面对贫穷地区学生有帮助。‖

73．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据

―At the end of the program, the students presented papers on their

research.可以知道计划的最后学生们需要为研究准备报告。‖

74．解析：这是一道猜义题。从

―The agricultural research at A&M differs from stereotypes.农业研究不是

在研究老套的东西（而是先进的技术）。所以划线部分―on the cutting edge‖应该是stereotypes的反义词，是

先进的意思。

131

‖

75．解析：这是一道主旨题。本题很容易误选A，但是本题针对的是一般高中生，而不是农学专业的

学生。根据―Several considerations go into selecting students, including grades, school involvement and interest in science and agriculture可以知道这个计划是针对对科学和农业感兴趣的学生，所以‖

D比较合适。

第78题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语重庆卷）题目

When a Swedish ship that sank in 1628 was recovered from the port of Stockholm, historians and scientists were overjoyed with the chance to examine the remains of the past. The ship construction showed how ships were built and operated during the seventeenth century. In this way, artifacts, objects made by human beings, provided a picture of daily life almost 400 years ago.

Underwater archaeology-the study of ships, aircraft and human settlements that have sunk under large

bodies of water-is really a product of the last 50 years. The rapid growth of this new area of study has occurred because of the invention of better diving equipment .Besides the Swedish ship wreck(残骸），underwater archaeologists have made more exciting discoveries such as the 5000-year-old boats in the Mediterranean Sea. Underwater archaeology can provide facts abut the past. In ancient ports all over the world are ships sunken in the past 6,000 years. There are also sunken settlements in seas and lakes telling of people

their

systems of trade in ancient times. Underwater archaeologists want to study these objects to add to the world's knowledge of history, but they have to fight two enemies. One enemy is treasure hunters who dive for ancient artifacts that they can sell to collectors. Once sold, these objects are lost to experts. The second enemy is dredging machines(挖掘机）often used to repair ports. These machines destroy wrecks and artifacts or bury them deeper under sand and mud. By teaching the public about the importance of underwater ―museums‖ of the past,

archaeologists are hoping to get support for laws to protect underwater treasures. 63.What purpose does Paragraph 1 serve in the passage? A.To provide background information of the topic B.To attract readers' attention to the topic C.To use an example to support the topic D.To offer basic knowledge of the topic 64.The aim of underwater archaeology is to .

A. exploit water bodies

B. search for underwater life

132

s wa

‘C. study underwater artifacts D. examine underwater environment

65.Underwater archaeologists are worried because_____. A.sea hunters have better diving equipment

B.their knowledge of world history is limitedC.dredging machines cause damage to the portsD.sold artifacts can hardly be regained for research 66.What is the main purpose of the passage? A.To introduce a young branch of learning.

B.To discuss the scientistsC.To explain people

‘ problems.

‘s way of life in the past.

D.To describe the sunken ships. 答案

63.B 64.C 65.D 66.A

63．解析：这是一道结构分析题。本文主要讲水下考古，即时代久远沉船的打捞和研究。

第一段提到―When

a Swedish ship that sank in 1628 was recovered from the port of Stockholm, historians and scientists were overjoyed with the chance to examine the remains of the past.是用Swedish ship这个船的打捞来引起读者兴趣，‖进而来说明这些工作，应该选

B。

―Underwater archeology-the study of ships, aircraft and

64．解析：这是细节推断题。根据第二段第一句

human settlements that have sunk under large bodies of water这句话给水下考古下了一个定义，可以知道水下‖考古是研究水下的人造物体的。

65．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―One enemy is treasure hunters who dive for ancient artifacts that they can sell to collectors. Once sold, these objects are lost to experts可知treasure hunters将文物盗采并卖给收藏者，‖这样专家就得不到这些文物，给水下考古研究带来困难。

66．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要讲水下考古，即时代久远沉船的打捞和研究，给我们介绍了他的定义、发展和存在的问题。所以主要介绍一个研究的分支。选

第79题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语重庆卷）题目

133

The flag, the most common symbol(象征）of a nation in the modern world, is also one of the most ancient.

With a clear symbolic meaning, the flag in the traditional form is still used today to mark buildings, ships and other vehicles related to a country.

The national flag as we know it today is in no way a primitive(

原始的）

artifact. It is, rather, the product of

thousands of years' development. Historians believe that it had two major ancestors, of which the earlier served to show wind direction.

Early human beings used very fragile houses and boats. Often strong winds would tear roofs from houses or cause high waves that endangered travelers. People's food supplies were similarly vulnerable. Even after they had learned how to plant grains, they still needed help from nature to ensure good harvests. Therefore they feared and depended on the power of the wind, which could bring warmth from one direction and cold from another.

Using a simple piece of cloth tied to the top of a post to tell the direction of the wind was more dependable than earlier methods, such as watching the rising of smoke from a fire. The connection of the flag with heavenly power was therefore reasonable. Early human societies began to fix long pieces of cloth to the tops of totems(图腾）before carrying them into battle. They believed that the power of the wind would be added to the good wishes of the gods and ancestors represented by the totems themselves.

These flags developed very slowly into modern flags. The first known flag of a nation or a ruler was unmarked: The king of China around 1000 B.C. was known to have a white flag carried ahead of him. This practice might have been learned from Egyptians even further in the past, but it was from China that it spread over trade routes through India, then across Arab lands, and finally to Europe, where it met up with the other ancestor of the national flag.

71.The best title for the passage would be ________. A.Development of the National Flag B.Power of the National Flag C.Types of Flags

D.Uses of Flags

72.The underlined word \"vulnerable\" in Paragraph 3 means ___________. A.impossible to make sure of B.likely to be protected C.easy to damage

134

D.difficult to find

73.The earliest flags were connected with heavenly power because.__________. A.they could tell wind direction B.they could bring good luck to fighters C.they were handed down by the ancestors D.they were believed to stand for natural forces 74.What does the author know of the first national flag? A.He knows when it was sent to Europe. B.He believes it was made in Egypt. C.He thinks it came from China. D.He doubts where it started.

75.What will the author most probably talk about next? A.The role of China in the spread of the national flag. B.The second ancestor of the national flag. C.The use of modern flags in Europe. D.The importance of modern flags.

答案

71.A 72.C 73.D 74.D 75.B

71．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要讲述了国旗的来历和发展，以及其在古代所起的作用。所以―Development of the National Flag比较贴切，选‖

72．解析：这是一道猜义题。根据后面的

―Even after they had learned how to plant grains, they still needed

help from nature to ensure good harvest.说明虽然种植农作物，‖但是还需保证有一个好收成

（才能填饱肚子），

所以古代人的食物链是脆弱的，容易被破坏的。

73．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据―They believed that the power of the wind would be added to the good wishes of the gods and ancestors represented by the totems themselves可知旗帜被认为代表自然力量而和神的‖力量联系在一起。

74．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从最后一段―The firstknown flag of a nation or a ruler was unmarked

说

明第一个国旗在哪里的出现并不清楚。

75．解析：这是一道推理题。根据第二段―Historians believe that it had two major ancestors, of witch the

earlier served to show wind direction

，后面也是描述旗帜的的第一个前身，后面可能会讲到第二个前身。‖

135

‖

第80题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语陕西卷）题目

If youre like most students, you probably read both at home and outside your home :perhaps somewhere on ‘your schoolyard and maybe even at work during your breaks. Your reading environment can have a great effect on your understanding, so give some thought to how you can create(营造）or choose the right reading environments. The right environment allows you to stay alert(专注的）when it is both interesting and difficult.

When you‘re at home, you can usually create effective conditions for reading.You might want to choose a

particular place—a desk or table,for example—where you always read.Make sure the place you choose is well lighted,and sit in a chair that requires you to sit straight.Reading in a chair that‘s too soft and comfortable is likely to make you sleepy!Keep your active reading tools(pens,markers,notebooks or paper）and a dictionary close at hand.

Before you sit down for a reading period,try to reduce all possible interruptions.Turn off your phone,the

television,and the radio,Tell your family members or roommates that youa―Do not disturb

and to keep all of your attention on the text, especially

‘ll be busy for a while.If necessa

‖sign on your door!The more interruptions you must deal with while you read,the harder it will be

to keep your attention on the task at hand.

49.The author believes that the right reading environment_________. A. helps readers a little in their reading tasks B. helps readers a lot in their reading tasks C.can only be created at one

‘s home

D.can only be created outside one home ‘ｓ

50.Which type of the following interruptions is mentioned in the text? A. Dictionaries. C.Phone calls.

B.Paper. D.Notebooks.

51.What would be the best title for the text? A. How to Read Fast

B. Creating an Effective Reading Environment C. The Ways to Reduce Possible Interruptions D. What to Read 答案

136

49．B 50．C 51．B

49．解析：这是一道推断题。根据第一段最后一句，好的读书环境会让你专注和精力集中，所以好环境对对读书帮助很大。

50．解析：这是一道细节推断题。第三段提到的

interruptions主要包括TV、phone、radio，选C.

51．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文主要描述了一个好的读书环境的营造和以及带来的好处。第81题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语陕西卷）题目

In many countries the standard of living enjoyed by their people has increased rapidly in recent years. Sadly,

not everyone in these countries is so fortunate and many people in rich countries are homeless.

The reasons for homelessness are various, but poverty（贫穷）is undoubtedly one of the main causes. The

homeless people may have become jobless and then been unable to pay their rent and so no longer have a roof over their heads. Often, the fact that unemployed people get help from the government prevents this from happening, but not always.

Some homeless people are mentally ill and have no one to look after them. Some are young people who, for

one reason or another , have left home and have nowhere to live. Many of them have had a serious disagreement with their parents and have left home, choosing to go to a city and live on the streets. Sometimes they have taken such action because they have been unable to get on with a step-parent.

Many homeless people get into the habit of begging to get enough money to stay alive, but many of the

general public refuse to give anything to beggars. Often they are moved on by the police, being accused whether rightly or wrongly, of forceful begging . There are many who disrespect homeless people.

Some cynics（愤世嫉俗的人）declare that homeless people choose to live the life which they lead. But who

would willingly choose to live in a shop doorway, under a bridge or in a cardboard box?

52.According to the text, what causes some people to be homeless? A.Lack of money. C.No government help.

B.The increased standard of living. D. Agreement with their parents.

（指控），

53.It can be inferred from the text that________.

A.the homeless are willing to live under a bridge or in a cardboard box B.you will not find homeless people in countries with a high standard of living

C. the mentally ill live on the stress because they want the company of other homeless people D. the unemployed who receive help may still be among the homeless

137

54.In paragraph 2 , ―a roof over their needs ‖most probably means _________.

A.a cap B. a car C.a home

D.a covering

55. The author thinks that the homeless people are _________. A. pitiful B. troublesome C. respectable

D.admirable

答案

52．A 53．D 54．C 55．A

52．解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段第一句―poverty is undoubtedly one of the main causes可以

判断贫穷是主要原因，而

lack of money 也是贫穷的意思，选

53．解析：这是一道推理题。根据第二段最后一句，政府对失业人员的帮助是偶然的，不是经常的。所以失业人员仍然可能无家可归。

54．解析：这是一道词义猜测题。根据前面

―unable to pay their rent显然是没有房子可以居住。‖

55．解析：这是一道细节题，根据最后一段，很多人认为流浪者是自我选择的一种生活方式，但是作者认为流浪者是被迫流离失所，表现了对流浪者的同情。

第82题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语陕西卷）题目

Among rich countries , people in the United States work the longest hours. They work much longer than in

Europe. This difference is quite surprising because productivity per hour worked is the same in the United States as it is in France, Spain and Germany, and it is growing at a similar speed.

In most countries and at most times in history, as people have become richer they have chosen to work less. In other words they have decided to

―spend‖a part of their extra income on a fuller personal life. Over the last fifty

years Europeans have continued this pattern, and hours of work have fallen sharply. But not in the United States. We do not fully know why this is. One reason may be more satisfying work,or less satisfying personal lives.

Longer hours do of course increase the GDP (国内生产总值）. So the United States has produced more per

worker than, say,France.The United States also has more of its people at work,while in France many more mothers

138

‖

and older workers have decided to stay at home.The overall result is that American GDP per head is 40% higher than in France,even though productivity per hour worked is the same.

It is not clear which of the two situations is better.As we have seen, work has to be compared with other values like family life, which often get lost in interest.It is too early to explain the different trends

（趋势）in

happiness over time in different countries. But it is a disappointing idea that in the United States happiness has made no progress since 1975, while it has risen in Europe. Could this have anything to do with trends in the work-life balance (平衡）?

56.From the text we know that the author A.believes that longer working hours is better B.prefers shorter working hours to longer ones C.says nothing certain about which pattern is better D.thinks neither of the patterns is good

57.Which of the following countries has more of its people at work? A.Spain. C.Germany.

B.France. D.America.

―which_. ‖refers to______

58.In the last paragraph,the underlined wordA.family life C.other values

B.situations D.trends

59.What message can we get from the text? A.The GDP of Europe is higher than that of America.

B.Two possible reasons are given for working longer hours in the US. C.People all over the world choose to work less when they are richer. D.Americans are happier than Europeans.

60.Which of the following would be the best title for the text? A.Americans and Europeans C.Work and Productivity 答案

56．C 57．D 58．C 59．B 60．D 56．解析：这是一道主旨题。从最后一段第一句说

―哪种状况更好还不清楚

‖可知，选C。

B.Staying at Home D.Work and Happiness

139

57．解析：这是一道判断题。第三段讲到拿法国和美国比较，法国许多母亲和年老的工人就不工作了，而美国有更多的人在工作。因此选

D。

family life。而family life是对other values的

58．解析：这是一个非限定性定语从句，主要混淆答案是举例，因此which指的是other values。

59．解析：这是一道主旨题。文中讲了在美国工作时间更长的两个原因：work or less satisfying personal lives。其他选项能明显排除。

greatly lower taxes；more satisfying

60．解析：这是一道主旨题。本文比较了美国和欧洲国家的工作效率、工作时间、工作人数和并说明了这种状况的原因。最后一段说道美国人工作时间长导致从感在上升。因此，本文题目应该是工作和幸福感。

GDP，

1975年以来幸福感下降，而欧洲人幸福

第83题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语山东卷）题目

Increasingly, Americans are becoming their own doctors, by going online to diagnose their symptoms, order

home health tests or medical devices, or even self-treat their illnesses with drugs from Internet pharmacies(药店）. Some avoid doctors because of the high cost of medical care, especially if they lack health insurance. Or they may stay away because they find it embarrassing to discuss their weight, smoking, alcohol consumption or couch potato habits. Patients may also fear what they might learn about their health, or they distrust physicians because of negative experiences in the past. But playing doctor can also be a deadly game.

Every day, more than six million Americans turn to the Internet for medical answers

– and most of them

aren‘t nearly sceptical enough of what they find. A 2002 survey by the Pew Internet & American Life Project found that 72 percent of those surveyed believe all or most of what they read on health websites. They shouldn―headache‖, and the chances of finding reliable and complete information, free from a motivation for commercial gain, are only one in ten, reports an April 2005 Brown Medical School study. Of the 169 websites the researchers rated, only 16 scored as

―high quality

‖. Recent studies found faulty facts about all sorts of other disorders, causing

one research team to warn that a large amount of incomplete, inaccurate and even dangerous information exists on the Internet.

The problem is most people don

‘t know the safe way to surf the Web.

―They use a search engine likogle,

get 18 trillion choices and start clicking. But thatauthoritative(权威的）, so itthe National Cancer Institute.

‘d hard to know if what you

‘s risky, because almost anybody can put up a site that loo‘re reading is reasonable or not,

‖ says Dr. S

140

68. According to the text, an increasing number of American _____. A. are suffering from mental disorders B.turn to Internet pharmacies for help C.like to play deadly games with doctors D.are sceptical about surfing medical websites

69. Some Americans stay away from doctors because they _____. A. find medical devices easy to operate B. prefer to be diagnosed online by doctors C. are afraid to face the truth of their health D. are afraid to misuse their health insurance

70. According to the study of Brown Medical School, ______. A. more than 6 million Americans distrust doctors B. only 1/10 of medical websites aim to make a profit C. about 1/10 of the websites surveyed are of high quality D. 72% of health websites offer incomplete and faulty facts 71. Which of the following is the authorA. ItB. It

‘s cheap to self-treat your own illness.

‘s embarrassing to discuss your bad habits.

‘s main argument?

C. It‘s reasonable to put up a medical website.D. It‘s dangerous to be your own doctor. 答案

68.B 69.C 70.C 71.D

68．解析：这是一道推断题。从第一段

―Increasingly, Americans are becoming their own doctors, by going

B。

online to diagnose their symptoms,可知，越来越多的美国人上网诊断病症，因此选‖

69．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第一段

―Or they may stay away because they find it embarrassing to

可知，不去看医生的原因之一是害怕‖

discuss their weight, smoking, alcohol consumption or couch potato habits.跟医生说自己的一些坏习惯，因此

C选项正确。

70．解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段―Look up ―headache,‖ and the chances of finding reliable and

complete information, free from a motivation for commercial gain, are only one in ten, reports an April 2005 Brows

141

Medical School study.可知，‖Brows Medical School的研究表明，只有因此选C。

1/10的网站有可信赖和完整的信息，

71．解析：这是一道主旨题。文中先讲了越来越多的美国人上网看病，给自己当医生；后来又讲到网上的信息并不完全可靠，许多网站存在不完整、不准确，甚至是危险的信息。因此，作者认为上网看病，给自己当医生这种方式是危险的，选

D。

第84题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语上海卷）题目

You can make the differencebetweenthis…and this

This summer, join the International Conservation Scouts on a fun - filled holiday with a difference. Year after year, young people from all around the world get together at one of our sixteen conservation (环境保护）its wildlife.

Many animals and plants are in danger of disappearing forever. The dormouse, a kind of mouse, for example, needs woodland plants for food and trees to stay in. Its habitat (栖息地）being destroyed by man and it needs our help to survive.

On a conservation camp holiday you will learn all about nature and how to protect it. Our trained leaders will accompany you and tell you everything you need to know. Because of this you don' t need any experience, just energy and enthusiasm. You will explore the countryside and work to ensure the survival of hundreds of animals and plants and still have plenty of time to enjoy the camp

‘s excellent sports facilities and organized nature paths through beautiful scenery.

camp. Their shared aim? To help protect the countryside and

The International Conservation Scouts is a worldwide organization, so there must be a camp near you, You can spend a splendid holiday at any of the camps for as little as f 60 including accommodation and food.

For more information send for a free conservation camps handbook today.International Conservation Scouts

142

Stanton St John

Oxford shire OX7 1TLTHEKEY TO SAVING WILDUFE IS TO FROTECT NATURAL HABITATS: YOUR WORK WILL MAKE A DIFFERCNCE

69. The main purpose of this passage is ___. A. to offer young people a fun - filled holiday

B. to attract young people to attend a conservation camp C. to persuade people into exploring the countryside D. to raise funds for the International Conservation Scouts

70. According to the passage, you can ___ at the conservation camps. A. experiment on the dormouse C. enrich your knowledge of wildlife

B. practise your favorite hobbies D. have free accommodation and food

71. Judging from the writing style of the passage, it is ___. A. a piece of advertisement

C. a passage for professional reading 答案69.B 70.C 71.A

第85题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语上海卷）题目

Indian's snake charmers are to be retrained as wildlife teachers under a plan to prevent their unique skills and knowledge from being lost. The charmers, who make snakes dance to the sound of flutes(笛子）, used to be a traditional feature of Indian life, performing in towns and villages, until they were banned in 1972 to control the trade in snake skins.

The government is now considering a plan to train the saperas, as they are known, to visit schools and zoos to tell children about forests and wildlife. There is also a proposal to set up a householders to deal with unwelcome intruders.

B. a science report

D. a passage for arguing an opinion

―dial a snake charme

143

―For generations they have been a feature of Indian life but now they can't earn a living for fear of

arrest,

‖ said Behar Dutt, a conservationist behind the plans,

‖

―if a policeman doesn

‘t catch them

activists report them.

Many snake charmers have continued to work clandestinely since the ban, despite the threat of up to three years in jail. But their trademark cloth-covered baskets, hung from a bamboo pole carried across their shoulders, make them an easy target for police.

The fate of Shisha Nath, 56, from Badarpur, a village just outside of Delhi, is typical of practitioners(of the dying art.

从业者）

―I used to earn enough to support my family and send my children to school,\"he said. \"Now it's

hard to earn even f, 1 a day. My children want to be snake charmers. Itbecome impossible.

Next month Dutt

‘s our identity. We love the work

‘s project to train 30 snake charmers will begin at a snake park in Pune, western India, where

experts will enrich their home-grown skills with some formal knowledge.

More than the law, though, it is the dishonest attitude of their fellow countryman that angers many snake charmers.

\"We're disturbed all the time but when people want a snake removed from the house, they rush to us,\" said

Prakash Nath, who was ordered recently to the home of Sonia Gandhi, the Congress party leader.

76. According to the passage, snake charmers will be retrained as wildlife teachers mainly because___. A. schools need large numbers of such teachers B. most of them cannot support their families C. their performances on the street are banned D. the government plans to save the dying art

77. The purpose of the proposed \"dial a snake charmer\" telephone service is ___. A. to give performance of snake dancing

B. to teach householders how to catch and kill snakes C. to offer cleaning service to wealthy householders D. to help remove unwanted snakes from the houses

78. The word \"clandestinely\" in paragraph 4 can be best replaced by the word \"___\" A. secretly

B. publicly

C. subconsciously

D. diligently

79. Which of the following statements is NOT true according to the passage? A. Snake charmers can easily be recognized by the police on the street.

144

B. Children of snake charmers would not like to continue their fathers' job. C. Snake charmers are quite angry with the attitude of their fellow countrymen. D. The animal rights activists take a negative attitude towards snake charmers. 答案76.D 77.D 78.A 79.B

第86题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语上海卷）题目

Directions:Read the following text and choose the most suitable heading from A-F for each paragraph. There is one extra heading, which you do not need.

A. Tuvaluan people became rich overnight B. Signs of sinking have appeared on Tuvaiu

C. The news came that the country would be drowned D. Tuvaluan people have suffered from serious diseases E. Desire to enjoy life has caused serious consequences

F. Tuvaluan people are improving their living standards despite the rising sea

80. ___

If you suddenly received a lot of money, how would you spend it? For the people of Tuvalu, a tiny state comprising nine islands in the South Pacific, something unusual happened. In 1999 Tuvalu, with its population of 11,000,was the third poorest state in the world. Later, Tuvalu received a domain name on the Internet —— the letters

―.tv‖. A communication company from California quickly offered to buy the domain name for $ 40 million.

The islanders became very rich.

81. ___

At the same time the islanders received some very bad news. Due to global warming, and because the islands are only 3m above sea level, Tuvalu will probably become the first state in the world to disappear under the sea. According to scientific estimates, the islands will suffer severe floods within the next 15 - 20 years, and by the end of the century, the islands will have disappeared from sight altogether.

145

82. ___

You can already see signs of the rising sea on Tuvalu. Pools of seawater appear here and there, some beaches are swallowed by the waves, and the roots of trees are rotting by the ocean. The rains cause temporary floods.

83. ___

But despite these problems, the Tuvaluan had their new money. Paul Lindsay, a documentary film - maker, went all the way to Tuvalu, and came back with an incredible story. As the water rises, the Tuvaluan are using the money to develop the land that is soon to disappear. They are building new houses, planning nightclubs, restaurants and hotels, and new cars are driving around on new roads. \"Just because we are sinking, it doesn't mean we don't want to raise our standards of living.\" Lindsay was told by Sam Teo, Tuvalu' s minister for natural resources.

84. ___

Of the $ 40 million Tuvalu received through the Internet deal, $ 10 million was used to asphalt the islands' L9km of roads. Before 1999 there were four cars on the islands. The Tuvaluan used to walk or cycle everywhere. There was a flood of imported foods and goods and soon these had unexpected consequences. The Tuvaluan people now suffer from diseases such as obesity, high blood pressure and diabetes. Others discovered that it was too expensive for them to keep their cars. There is now a huge rubbish dump in the middle of this tropical paradise, covered with abandoned cars and other waste.

答案

80 – 84 ACBFE

第87题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语全国卷Ⅰ（含听力卷）题目

As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table knows, there is far more to a family

meal than food. Sociologist Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how much more.

Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping(

录像）the families while they ate

ordinary meals in their own homes. They found that parents with small families talk actively with each other and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation gives way to the parentsthe loud noise they make. That can have an important effect on the children. the parents do, the higher the childrenquestion-asking there is.

‖

‘s IQ scores,

―In general the more question-asking

‖ Lewis says. ―And the more children there are, the

The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings(兄弟姐妹）. Lewis found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation is likely to

146

center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. Middle ―children are invisible,‖ says Lewis. chances are it

‘s the middle child.

―When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner,

‖ There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation and prevents anyone

‖ Lewis says,

―-event.dinner is a non‖

from having attention:

66．The writer

―When the TV is on,

‘s purpose in writing the text is to _________.

A．show the relationship between parents and children B．teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table C．report on the findings of a study D．give information about family problems

67．Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because ____________.

A．they are busy serving food to their children B．they are busy keeping order at the dinner table C．they have to pay more attention to younger children D．they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family 68．By saying

―Middle children are invisible

‖ in paragraph 3, Lewis means that middle children _________.

A．have to help their parents to serve dinner B．get the least attention from the family C．are often kept away from the dinner table D．find it hard to keep up with other children

69．Lewis‘ research provides an answer to the question _________.

A．why TV is important in family life B．why parents should keep good order

C．why children in small families seem to be quieter D．why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life 70．Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?

A．It is important to have the right food for children. B．It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner. C．Parents should talk to each of their children frequently. D．Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner 答案

147

66.C 67.B 68.B 69.D 70.C

66.解析：这是一道主旨题。这篇短文主要讲述了家长通过吃饭时与孩子们的交谈、问问题等活动可使孩子的智力得到发展，论述了一项研究的发现。

67.解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一句话

―As many homemaker who has tried to keep order at the

可推断出孩子多的家庭由于要维持吃饭时的秩‖

dinner table knows，there is far more to a family meal than food.序，很少问孩子们问题。

68.解析：这是一道猜义题。根据最后一段中―When you see someone get up from the table and walk around during dinner，chances are it

‘s the middle children.可猜测出作者的意思是‖

―中间的孩子缺少家庭的注意

‖。

69.解析：这是一道推断题。根据最后一段的内容可推断出由于家长把注意力集中在较大和较小的孩子身上，使得中间的孩子在生活上产生困难。

70.解析：这是一道判断正误题。第三段中the children

―In general the more question－asking the parents do，the higher

‘s IQ scores说明作者同意家长应该与孩子们交谈的观点。‖

第88题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语北京卷）题目Chances

I really love my job because I enjoy working with small children and like the challenges and awards from the job. I also think my work is important. There was a time when I thought I would never have that sort of career业）.

I wasn‘t an excellent student because I didnmight do and found I didn

（职

‘t do much schoolwork. In my final term I started thinking what

areer. ‘t the type to have a c

‘t have much to offer. I just accepted that I wasn

I then found myself a job, looking after two little girls. It wasn‘t too bad at first. But the problem

I agreed to live in, so that I would be there if my boss had to go out for business in the evening. We agreed that if I had to work extra hours one week, she

‘d give me time off the next. But unfortunately, it didn

‘t oft

was getting extremely tired and fed up, because I had too many late nights and early mornings with the children.

One Sunday, I was in the park with the children, and met Megan who used to go to school with me. I told her about my situation. She suggested that I should do a course and get a qualification（资格证书）if I wanted to work

148

with children. I didn‘t think I would be accepted because I didns in school. She persuaded me to ‘t take many exam

phone the local college and they were really helpful. My experience counted for a lot and I got on a part-time course. I had to leave my job with the family, and got work helping out at a kindergarten.

Now I‘ve got a full-time job there. I shall always be thankful to Megan. I wish I had known earlier that you could have a career, even if you aren

56. What is the author

‘t top of the class at school.

‘s present job?

A. Working part-time in a college. B. Taking care of children for a family. C. Helping children with their schoolwork. D. Looking after children at a kindergarten. 57. When staying with the two girlsA. was paid for extra work B. often worked long hours C. got much help from her boss D. took a day off every other week 58. Why did the author leave her first job? A. She found a full-time job. B. She was fed up with children.

C. She decided to attend a part-time course. D. She needed a rest after working extra hours.

59. What has the author learned from her own experiences? A. Less successful students can still have a career. B. Qualifications are necessary for a career. C. Hard work makes an excellent student. D. One must choose the job she like. 答案56. D 57. B 58. C 59. A

‘ family, the author ________.

149

解析：

56.这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段

―I really love my job because I enjoy working with small children and

like the challenges and awards from the job.可判断出作者目前的工作是照看孩子。‖

57.这是一道细节题。从第三段―But the problems began when I agreed to live in，so that I would be there if my boss had to go out for business in the evening. We agreed that if I had to work extra hours one week，she‘d give me time off the next. 可以看出作者在两个女孩家里时，常常工作很长时间。‖

58.这是一道细节题。第四段―My experience counted for a lot and I got on a partmy job with the family，and got work helping out at a kindergarten.参加了业余学习班。

59.这是一道细节推断题。

最后一句话―I wish I had known earlier that you could have a career，even if you

time course. I had to leave

说明作者离开这两个小女孩家的原因是她‖

aren‘t top of the class at school.说明即使学习差的学生也可以有自己的事业。‖

总题数：22 题

第89题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语辽宁卷）题目

While income worry is a rather common problem of the aged, loneliness is another problem that aged parents may face. Of all the reasons that explain their loneliness, a large geographical distance between parents and their children is the major one. This phenomenon（现象）is commonly known as 症）.

In order to seek better chances outside their countries, many young people have gone abroad, leaving their

parents behind with no clear idea of when they will return home. Their parents spend countless lonely days and nights, taking care of themselves, in the hope that someday their children will come back to stay with them. The fact that most of these young people have gone to Europeanized or Americanized societies makes it unlikely that they will hold as tightly to the value of duty as they would have if they had not left their countries. Whatever the case, it has been noted that the values they hold do not necessarily match what they actually do. This geographical and cultural distance also prevents the grown-up children from providing response（回应）in time for their aged parents living by themselves.

―Empty Nest Syndrome（空巢综合‖

150

The situation in which grown-up children live far away from their aged parents has been described as parent phenomenon

‖hich is common both in developed countries and in developing countries. Our society has , w

―Empty Nest Syndrome

‖．

not yet been well prepared for

68．According to the passage, the loneliness of aged parents is mainly caused by _________.

A．their earlier experience of feeling lonely

B．the unfavorable living conditions in their native countries C．the common worry about their income

D．the geographical distance between parents and children

69．Many young people have gone abroad, leaving their aged parents behind, to _________.

A．live in the countries with more money B．seek a better place for their aged parents C．continue their studies abroad

D．realize their dreams in foreign countries 70．If young people go abroad, _________.

A．they do not hold to the value of duty at all

B．they can give some help to their parents back home C．they cannot do what they should for their parents D．they believe what they actually do is right 71．From the last paragraph, we can infer that ________.

A．the situations in the developed and developing countries are different B．―Empty Nest Syndrome

‖ has arrived unexpectedly in our society

C．children will become independent as soon as they go abroad D．the aged parents are not fully prepared for 答案68.D 69.D 70.C 71.B

―Empty Nest Syndrome

‖

151

68.解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段―Of all the reasons that explain their loneliness，a large

geographical distance between parents and their children is the major one.可推断出造成年老父母孤独的主要原‖因是父母与子女住得太远。

69.解析：这是一道细节推断题。第二段―In order to seek better chances outside their countries，many young people have gone abroad，leaving their parentsbehind with no clear idea of when they will return home.们，许多年轻人到外国去实现他们的梦想。

70.解析：这是一道推断题。根据第二段―The fact that most of these young people have gone to Europeanized or Americahized societies makes it unlikely that they will hold as tightly to the value of duty as they would have if they had not left their countries.可推断出他们不能为父母做本来应该做的事。‖

71.解析：这是一道主旨题。从短文最后一句话

―Our society has not yet been well prepared for ?Empty Nest

告诉我

Syndrome‘‖可以看出，―空巢综合症‖已出乎意料地来到了我们的社会。

第90题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷）题目

We have two daughters: Kristen is seven years old and Kelly is four. Last Sunday

evening, we invited some

people home for dinner. I dressed them nicely for the party, and told them that their job was to join Mommy in answering the door when the bell rang. Mommy would introduce them to the guests, and then they would take the guests' coats upstairs and put them on the bed in the second bedroom.

The guests arrived. I introduced my two daughters to each of them. The adults were nice and kind and said how lucky we were to have such good kids.

Each of the guests made a particular fuss over Kelly, the younger one, admiring her dress, her hair and her smile. They said she was a remarkable girl to be carrying coats upstairs at her age.

I thought to myself that we adults usually make a big \"to do\" over the younger one because she's the one who seems more easily hurt. We do it with the best of intentions.

But we seldom think of how it might affect the other child. I was a little worried that Kristen would feel she was being outshined. I was about to serve dinner when I realized that she had been missing for twenty minutes. I ran upstairs and found her in the bedroom, crying.

I said, \"What are you doing, my dear?\" She turned to me with a sad expression and said, \"Mommy, why don't people like me the way they like my sister? Is it because I'm not pretty? Is that why they don't say nice things about me as much?\"

I tried to explain to her, kissing and hugging her to make her feel better.

152

Now, whenever I visit a friend's home, I make it a point to speak to the elder child first. 56. The underlined expression―make a big ?to do ‖(paragraph 4‘over）means _______.

A. show much concern about B. have a special effect on C. list jobs to be done for D. do good things for

57.The guests praised Kelly for carrying coats upstairs because of her ___________. A.beautiful hair B.pretty clothes C.lovely smile D.young age

58.Kristen felt sad and cried because ____________. A.the guest gave her more coats to carry B.she didn

‘t look as pretty as Kelly

C.the guests praised her sister more than her D.her mother didn

introduce her to the guests ‘t

59. We can conclude from the passage that _______. A. parents should pay more attention to the elder children B. the younger children are usually more easily hurt C. people usually like the younger children more D. adults should treat children equally

答案56.A57.D58.C59.D

56.解析：这是一道猜义题。根据下文中的―because she‘s the one who seems more easily hurt可猜测出

make a big

―to do‖的意思是 over―表示出许多的关心‖。

57.解析：这是一道细节题。第三段

―They said she was a remarkable girl to be carrying coats upstairs at her

age.表‖明客人们表扬她的原因是因为她年龄小。

153

―

58.解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第三段―Each of the guest made a particular fuss over Kelly，the

younger one，admiring her dress，her hair and her smile.可推断出‖Kristen难过和哭泣的原因是客人对她妹妹表扬得比她多。

59.解析：这是一道主旨题。根据这篇短文的内容我们可以得出成年人对孩子必须平等对待的结论。第91题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（江西卷）题目

When a rather dirty , poorly dressed person kneels at your feet and puts out his hands to beg for a few coins , do you hurry on , not knowing what to do , or do you feel sad and hurriedly hand over some money ? What should our attitude to beggars be ? There can be no question that the world is full of terribly sad stories . It must be terrible to have no idea where our next meal is going to come from . It seems cruel not to give some money to beggars .

Certainly , most of the world

reat religions (‘s g宗教）

order us to be open-hearted and share what we

have with those less fortunate than ourselves .But has the world changed ?Maybe what was morally（道德方面）right in the old days ,when one knew exactly who in the village had suffered misfortune and needed help ,is no longer the best idea. Quite a few people will not give to beggars .Let us look at their arguments.

First ,some believe that many city beggars dress up on purpose to look pitiable and actually make a good living from begging .Giving to beggars only encourages this sort of evil(

恶行）.Secondly ,there is the worry that the

money you give will be spent on beer ,wine or drugs .Thirdly ,there is the opinion that there is no real excuse for begging. One might be poor ,but that is no reason for losing one

‘s sense of pride and self-dependence.

Related to this is the opinion that the problem should be dealt with by the government rather than ordinary people .Some people think beggars should go to the local government department and receive help.

It is hard to come to any final conclusion ;there are various cases and we must deal with them differently .A

few coins can save a life in some situations ,and even if the money is wasted ,that does not take sway the moral goodness of the giver.

60.What is mainly discussed in the passage?

A.Moral deeds of people. C.Moral goodness of the giver.

B.Religious activities of the church. D.Arguments on giving to beggars.

―But has the world changed ?d paragraph? ‖in the secon

61.What can we infer from the sentence

A.People no longer know who suffers misfortune in the village. B.Some people will not do what was morally right in the past . C.We don‘t meet with those who need help any more.

154

D.Now it is the government‘s duty to help the beggars.

62.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage?

A.Some people dress up to pretend to be beggars .

B.Some beggars want money to help their children go to school. C.Some beggars use the money to buy drugs. D.Some beggars have no excuse for begging.

63.In the last paragraph ,the writer thinks that it is hard to come to any final conclusion ,because

A.the cases can be so different B.there are so many beggars C.there is so much money wasted D.there are so many different arguments 答案60.D 61.B 62.B 63.A

60.解析：这是一道主旨题。文章讨论了是否给乞丐钱的观点。61.解析：这是一道细节推断题。从第二段最后一句能找到答案。―也许过去是正义的想法，现在不再是

最好的想法。一些人将不给乞丐钱了

‖。即，一些人不做过去认为是正义的事情。

62.解析：这是一道判断正误题。第三段讲述了―假装成乞丐‖―用乞来的钱买毒品

‖―没有行乞的理由‖，

所以选项B没在短文中提到。

63.解析：这是一道细节题。原因在于作者说―有各种各样的情形，我们必须采取不同的态度对待它们说明作者是想说情形不同。

第92题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（安徽卷）题目

More American people take their troubles with them on holiday, according to a new survey. Although 40 percent said that the main reason for going away is to escape pressure (压力）from work, almost all said they worry more than they do at home. Only four in every 100 said that they are happy and free of care.

155

。

‖The most common worry is burglary ( 入室盗窃）broken into while they

, with four out of 10 worrying about their homes being

‘re abroad. More than a quarter fear they will feel crazy with some other noisy and rough

holiday-makers and 22 percent worry they may be attacked or their possessions will be missing. One in five think the car may break down; and the same number worry about the chances of bad weather.

The survey also showed that the stay-at-home Americans are no more. Three out of every five want to have a holiday abroad, a great increase from the figures only three years ago. The hotel holiday is still a winner, with about one third of all Americana preferring to go on a self-catering (

56. The underlined word A. research

B. review

自助）holiday.

―survey‖ in the first paragraph most probably means ______.C. exhibition D. examination

57. According to the text, about ______ of people worry more on holiday than when they are at home. A. 25%

B. 40%

C. 80%

D. 95%

58. The third most common worry of American holiday-makers is that they may ______. A. be attacked or lose their possessions B. have problems with their cars on the road C. have bad weather on holiday

D. get mixed with some rough fellow holiday-makers 59. Where do American holiday-makers like to stay most? A. At a hotel. B. In a quiet place. C. At a friend's house.

D. Where they can cook for themselves. 答案56. A 57. D 58. A 59. A

56.解析：这是一道猜义题。根据下文所讲述的事情可判断出

survey的意思是―调查‖。

57.解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段―Although 40 percent said that the main reason for going away is to escape pressure from work，almost all said they worry more than they do at home.比在家里的时候更担心。

almost all即95%。

可判断出95%的人在节假日‖

156

58.解析：这是一道细节题。第二段中―and 22 percent worry they may be attacked or their possessions will be missing说明美国度假的人的第三个最普通的担心是他们可能被攻击或丢失财物。‖

59.解析：这是一道细节推断题。

根据短文的最后一句话

―The hotel holiday is still a winner，with about one

third of all Americans preferring to go on a self－catering holiday.可判断出美国度假者最愿意待在旅馆里。‖

第93题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（安徽卷）题目

Parents should stop blaming themselves because there

(十几岁的孩子）

‘s not a lot they can do about it. I mean the teenag

problem. Whatever you do or however you choose to deal with it, at certain times a wonderful,

reasonable and helpful child will turn into a terrible animal.

I‘ve seen friends deal with it in all kinds of different ways. One strict mother insisted that her son, right from a child, should stand up whenever anyone entered the room, open doors and shake hands like a gentleman. I saw him last week when I called round. Sprawling himself (懒散地躺）on the sofa in full length, he made no attempt to turn off the loud TV he was watching as I walked in, and his greeting was no more than a quick glance at me. His mother was ashamed. taught him.

‖　

―I don't know what to do with him these days,

‖ she said.

―He‘s forgotten all t

He hasn't forgotten them. He' s just decided that he' s not going to use them. She confessed (坦白）that she would like to come up behind him and throw him down from the sofa onto the floor.

Another good friend of mine let her two daughters climb all over the furniture, reach across the table,

stare at me and say, The other has left home.

―Where did we go wrong?

‖ her parents are now very sad. Probably nowhere much. At least, no more than

―I don‘t like your dress; it

‘s ugly.

‖ One of the daughters has recently been driven

the rest of that unfortunate race, parents.

71. This text is most probably written by ______. A. a specialist in teenager studies B. a headmaster of a middle school C. a parent with teenage children D. a doctor for mental health problems 72. The underlined word

the second paragraph refers to ______. ―it‖ in

A. the change from good to bad that ' s seen in a child

157

B. die way that parents often blame themselves C. the opinion that a child has of his parents

D. the advice that parents want their children to follow

73. The boy on the sofa would most probably be described as ______. A. lazy B. quiet C. unusual

D. rude

74. From the second example we can infer that the parents of the two daughters ______. A. pay no attention to them B. are too busy to look after them C. have come to hate them

D. feel helpless to do much about them

75. What is the author' a opinion about the sudden change in teenage children? A. Parents have no choice but to try to accept it. B. Parents should pay still sore attention to the change. C. Parents should work more closely with school teachers. D. Parents are at fault for the change in their children. 答案71. A 72. A 73. D 74. D 75. A

71. 解析：这是一道主旨题。这篇短文主要论述了青少年问题，所以应该是由青少年研究人员写的。72.解析：这是一道所指题。根据第二段可判断出it指的是孩子由好变坏的变化。

73. 解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第二段

―Sprawling himself on the sofa in full length，he made no

attempt to turn off the loud TV he was watching as I walked in，and his greeting was no more than a quick glance at

me.‖可判断出这个坐在沙发上的男孩非常粗鲁。

74.解析：这是一道推断题。根据第二个例子可推断出这两个女孩的父母对她们没有什么办法。75.解析：这是一道细节推断题。根据第一段

―Parents should stop blaming themselves because there

lot they can do about it.可判断出作者认为家长除了接受孩子的变化，没有其他选择。‖

158

‘第94题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷Ⅱ）题目

If you are a recent social science graduate who has had to listen to jokes about unemployment from your computer major classmates,you may have had the last laugh.There are many advantages for the social science major because this high-tech―Information Agecommunication skills.

There are many social science majors in large companies who fill important positions.For example,a number of research studies found that social science majors had achieved greater managerial success than those how had technical training or pre-professional courses.Studies show that social sicence majors are most suited for

change,which is the leading feature（特点）of the kind of high-speed,high-pressure,high-tech world we now live in.

Social science majors are not only experiencing success in their long-term company jobs,but they are also finding jobs more easily.A study showed that many companies had filled a large percentage of their entry-level positions with social science graduates.The study also showed that the most sought-after quality in a person who was looking for a job was communication skills,noted as

―very important

‖demands people who are flexible（灵活的）and who have good

‖by 92 percent of the companies

science majors have these skills,often without knowing how important they are.It is probably due to these skills that they have been offered a wide variety of positions.

Finally,although some social science majors may still find it more difficult than their technically trained classmates to land the first job,recent graduates report that they don

72.By saying thathave______.

A.shared the jokes with computer majors B.earned as much as computer majors C.found jobs more easily than computer majors D.stopped joking about computer majors

73.Compared with graduates of other subjects,social science garduates______. A.are ready to change when situations change B.are better able to deal with difficulties C.are equally good at computer skills D.are likely to give others pressure

―you may have had the last laugh

‘t regret their choice of study.

‖in the first paragraph,the author means that you may

159

74.The underlined wordA.keep for some time B.successfully get C.immediately start D.lose regretfully

―land‖in the last paragraph probably means______.

75.According to the text,what has made it easy for social science graduates to find jobs? A.Willingness to take low-paid jobs. B.Readiness to gain high-tech knowledge. C.Skills in expressing themselves. D.Part-time work experience. 答案72.C 73.A 74.B 75.C

第95题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

We are all interested in equality,but while some people try to protect the school and examination system in the name of equality,others,still in the name of equality,want only to destroy it.

Any society which is interested in equality of opportunity and standards of achievement must regularly

test its pupils.The standards may be changed—no examination is perfect—but to have no tests or examinations would mean the end of equality and of standards.There are groups of people who oppose this view and who do not believe either in examinations or in any controls in schools or on teachers.This would mean that everything would depend on luck since every pupil would depend on the efficiency,the values and the purpose of each teacher.

Without examinations,employers will look for employees from the highly respected schools and from families known to them—a form of favouritism will replace equality.At the moment,the bright child from an ill-respected school can show certificates to prove he or she is suitable for a job,while the lack of certificate indicates the unsuitability of a dull child attending a well-respected school.This defence of excellence and opportunity would disappear if examinations were taken away,and the bright child from a poor family would be a

160

prisoner of his or her schoolschool.

‘s reputation,unable to compete for employment with the child from the favoured

The opponents of the examination system suggest that examinations are an evil force because they show differences between pupils.According to these people,there must be no special,different,academic class.They have even suggested that there should be no form of difference in sport or any other area：all jobs or posts should be filled by unsystematic selection.The selection would be made by people who themselves are probably selected by some computer.

82.The word

―favouritism

‖in Paragraph 3 is used to describe the phenomenon that______.

A.bright children also need certificates to get satisfying jobs B.children from well-respected schools tend to have good jobs C.poor children with certificates are favoured in job markets D.children attending ordinary schools achieve great success

83.What would happen if examinations were taken away according to the author? A.Schools for bright children would lose their reputation. B.There would be more opportunities and excellence.

C.Children from poor families would be able to change their schools. D.Children

‘s job opportunity would be affected by their school reputation.

84.The opponents of the examination system will agree that______. A.jobs should not be assigned by systematic selection B.computers should be selected to take over many jobs C.special classes are necessary to keep the school standards D.schools with academic subjects should be done away with 85.The passage mainly focuses on______. A.schools and certificates B.examination and equality C.opportunity and employment D.standards and reputation 答案82. B83. D

161

84. A85. B

第96题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（浙江卷）题目

We live in a technological society where most goods are mass-produced by unskilled labor.Because of this,most people think that craft（手艺）no longer exists.

One of the ways these people wrongly support their view is by pointing to 100-year-old homes which are still solid,and arguing that it is the craftsmanship that is responsible for their durability（持久性）.―Homes in those days were well-built,they say.No doubt these homes were well-built,but what these people have done is mix up the ‖quality of material used in the house with the quality of the craftsmanship.

Homes today could be built to last just as long as those old homes if people were willing or able to pay the

price.For example,most people can no longer afford solid oak stairways,although they were once fairly common in older homes.Nor can they afford the high labor cost of employing a carpenter（木匠）to build the stairway.Yet if someone can pay the high cost,there are still plenty of carpenters around able to make those stairways.And not only would these carpenters know how to build them,they would probably do a better job than carpenters of old.

One thing the modern carpenter has which enables him to do a better job is much

more advanced

tools.Such tools as laser beams and powerplanes help them lay out a house better and make more precision cuts（精确切割）on the wood.Also,it is not uncommon any more to find carpenters with college degrees and carpenters with a solid knowledge of mathematics,which would enable them to deal with more difficult house designs.

The problem of modern quality,then,really bolls down to the problem of material,for the modern carpenter is just as able to produce craftsmanship as the carpenter of fifty years ago,but only if given proper material.

68.Compared to the carpenters in the past,modern carpenters are______. A.more successful C.more imaginative

69.What does the underlined word

B.more learned D.more hardworking （―paragraph 2they‖）refer to?

A.Carpenters who are fond of oak stairways. B.Carpenters who have college degrees. C.People who think highly of carpenters of old.

D.People who think that modern material is of low quality. 70.What does the third paragraph mainly discuss?

162

A.People in the past preferred to use oak to build stairways. B.It is now expensive to employ a carpenter. C.Modern houses last as long as the old ones. D.Good carpenters still exist in modern times. 71.What would be the best title for the text? A.Is Craft Dead?

B.Craft,Back to Life?

C.History of Craftsmanship D.Carpenters Today and Yesterday

答案68.B 69.C 70.D 71.A

第97题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖北卷）题目

Who is there among us who hasn

‘t dreamed of having his or her own small（maybe, several years later, even

bigger）business, and having wonderful freedom, both from a boss and from the time clock：the freedom to make up our own rules for our work, and our own plans—arranging our own hours of work? That way work would be both painless and fun. Or, so we imagine.

Well, in fact it isn

‘t quite as simple as that. Yes, it is true that being the boss has its satisfactions and that you

can arrange your working hours freely if you own your own small business. But in those early years of starting your own business, you shouldn

‘t think of a free day, not to mention flying off for a months vacation. It is not unusual

for new business owners to work seventy or eighty hours a week, and if there is a day off, that day might need to be devoted to accounting（算账）.

But this negative picture doesn‘t destroy the beautiful hopes. The possibility of getting something

wonderful in return—both material and mental—continues to drive that large number of people who start up small businesses each year in the United States.

68. From the first paragraph, we know that everybody hopes______. A. to rule others

B. to be his or her own boss C. to get a time clock

163

‘

D. to be free from work

69. Most new business owners have to______. A. work more than 10 hours a day B. devote himself to accounting C. fly to some places in the world D. have a day off in a week 70. The expressionA. a terrible experience B. a poor picture C. limited freedom D. unpleasant situations

71. The beautiful hopes will never be destroyed because______. A. people love beautiful things by nature

B. people have a strong desire to seek personal gains C. small businesses make big money each year in the US D. small businesses have advantages over big companies 答案68. B69. A70. D71. B

第98题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（湖南卷）题目

The private automobile（私家车）has long played an important role in the United States.In fact，it has become a necessary and important part of the American way of life.In 1986，sixty-nine percent of American families owned at least one car，and thirty-eight percent had more than one.By giving workers rapid transportation

，the automobile

，but it has

―negative picture

‖most probably means

―______‖.

has freed them from having to live near their place of work.This has encouraged the growth of the citiesalso led to traffic problems.

For farm families the automobile is very helpful.It has made it possible for them to travel to town very often for business and for pleasure，and also to transport their children to distant schools.

164

Family life has been affected（影响）in various ways.The car helps to keep families together when it is used for picnics，outings，and other shared experiences.However，when teenage children have the use of the car，their parents candrugs—or is

‘t keep an eye on them.There is a great danger if the driver has been drinking alcohol or taking ―showing off

‖by speeding or breaking other traffic laws.Mothers of victims（受害者）of such accidents

have formed an organization called MADD（Mothers Against Drunk Driving）.These women want to prevent further tragedies（悲剧）.They have worked to encourage the government to limit the youngest drinking

age.Students have formed a similar organization，SADD（Students Against Drunk Driving）and are spreading the same message among their friends.

For many Americans the automobile is a necessity.But for some，it is also a mark of social position and for young people，a sign of becoming an adult.Altogether，cars mean very much to Americans.

56.Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the text? A.Cars have encouraged the growth of the cities.

B.Cars can bring families together when they go for picnics. C.Cars have enabled people to live far from their place of work. D.Cars help city families to transport their children to faraway schools. 57.What has been done to deal with the problem of drunk driving? A.Parents have paid more attention to their children.

B.Some organizations have been set up against drunk driving. C.Mothers have tried to persuade their children not to drink alcohol. D.University students have asked the government to solve the problem. 58.We can infer from the text that______in America. A.it will be more difficult for people to get new cars

B.parents will not allow their children to have their own cars C.the government will encourage people to use public transportation D.cars will still be popular though they have caused many problems 答案56.D 57.B 58.D

第99题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（重庆卷）

165

题目

Have you ever had the strange feeling that you were being watched?You turned around and,sure enough,someone was looking right at you!

Parapsychologists（灵学家）

them.To research whether such a

say that humans have a natural ability to sense when someone is looking at ―sixth sense

‖really exists,Robert Baker,a psychologist（心理学家）at the

University of Kentucky,performed two experiments.

In the first one,Baker sat behind unknowing people in public places and stared at the backs of their heads for 5 to 15 minutes.The subjects（受试者）were eating,drinking,reading,studying,watching TV,or working at a computer.Baker made sure that the people could not tell that he was sitting behind them during those

periods.Later,when he questioned the subjects,almost all of them said they had no sense that someone was staring at them.

For the second experiment,Baker told the subjects that they would be stared at from time to time from behind a two-way mirror in a laboratory setting.The people had to write down when they felt they were being stared at and when they weren

‘t.Baker found that the subjects were no better at telling when they were stared at and when they

‘t.Baker

weren‘t.Baker found that the subjects were no better at telling whenthey were stared at when they werenfound that the subjects were no better at telling when they were stared at than if they had just guessed.

Baker concludes that people do not have the ability to sense when they

the outcome of his two experiments,said Baker,

68.The purpose of the two experiments is to______. A.explain when people can have a sixth sense B.show how people act while being watched in the lab C.study whether humans can sense when they are stared at D.prove why humans have a sixth sense 69.In the first experiment,the subjects______. A.were not told that they would be stared at B.lost their sense when they were stared at C.were not sure when they would be stared at D.were uncomfortable when they were stared at 70.The underlined wordA.value

―outcome‖in the last paragraph most probably means______.

‘re being stared at.If pedoubt

―I suggest they repeat the experiments and see for themselves.

166

B.result C.performance D.connection

71.What can be learned from the passage? A.People are born with a sixth sense. B.The experiments support parapsychologists

‘ idea.

C.The subjects do not have a sixth sense in the experiments. D.People have a sixth sense in public places. 答案68.C 69.A 70.B 71.C

第100题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语（北京卷）题目

As you move around your home，take a good look at the things you have.It is likely that your living

room will have a television set and a video，and your kitchen a washing machine and a microwave oven.Your bedroom drawers will be filled with almost three times as many clothes as you need.You almost certainly own a car and possibly a home computer，holiday abroad at least once a year and eat out at least once a week.

Now，perhaps，more than ever before，people are wondering what life is all about，and what it is for.Seeking material success is beginning to trouble large numbers of people around the world.They feel that the long-hours work culture to make more money to buy more things is eating up their lives

，leaving them very little time or

energy for family or pastimes.Many are turning to other ways of living and down shifting is one of them.

Six percent of workers in Britain took the decision to downshift last year.One couple who down shifted is

Daniel and Liz.They used to work in central London.He was a newspaper reporter and she used to work for an international bank.They would go to work by train every day from their large house in the suburbstheir two children with a nanny（保姆）.Most evenings Daniel wouldn

（郊区），leaving

，‘and clock

‘t get homeuntil eight or nine o

nearly twice a month he would have to fly to New York for meetings.They both earned a large amount of money but began to feel that life was passing them by.

167

Nowadays，they run a farm in the mountains of Wales.―and we took almost a year to make the decision to downshift.It

―ed to have a farm hereI always want，‖ says Daniel，

‘s taken some getting used to，but it‘s been worth

，

it.We have to think twice now about spending money on car repairs and we no longer have any holidays.HoweverI think it

‘s made us stronger as a family，and the children are a lot happier.

‖

Liz，however，is not quite sure，―I used to enjoy my job，even though it was hard work and long hours.I

not really a country girl，but I suppose I

‘m gradually getting used to looking after the animals.One thing I do like，

‘

though，is being able to see more of my children.My advice for other people wanting to do the same is not to think about it too much or you might not do it at all.

60.What do the first two paragraphs tell us? A.People seldom work long hours to make money. B.People hardly buy more things than necessary.

C.People are sure everything they own is in the right place. D.People realise there is more to life than just making money. 61.When Daniel was a reporter he A.lived in central London B.disliked his job C.missed his children D.was well paid

62.Daniel and Liz both agree that the move to the farm A.was easy to organize B.has improved family life C.was extremely expensive D.has been a total success 63.What does the underlinedA.Child-caring. B.Liz‘s advice.C.Downshifting. D.Liz‘s job.64.The underlined word

―down shifting

‖in the second paragraph means .

―it‖in the last paragraph refer to?

‖

A.repairing your car by yourself

168

B.spending money carefully

C.moving out to the countryside to live a simpler and better life D.living in a big house in the suburbs and dining out once a week 答案60.D61.D62.B63.C64.C

第101题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

Decision-thinking is not unlike poker-it often matters not only what you think

，but also what others think

you think and what you think they think you think.The mental process

（过程）is similar.Naturally，this card game

has often been of considerable interest to people who are，by any standards，good thinkers.

The great mathematician John von Neumann was one of the founders of game theory.In particular，he showed that all games fall into two classes：there are what he called games of―perfect information，games like

chess where the players can‘t hide anything or play tricks：they don‘t win by chance，but by means of logic and

skills.Then there are games of

―imperfect information，like poker，in which it is impossible to know in advance ‖

that one course of action is better than another.

One mistaken idea about business is that it can be treated as a game of perfect information.Quite the

reverse.Business，politics，life itself are games which we must normally play with very imperfect information.Business decisions are often made with many unknown and unknowable factors

（因素）which would

even puzzle（困惑）best poker players.But few business people find it comfortable to admit that they are taking a chance，and many still prefer to believe that they are playing chess，not poker.

59.The subject discussed in this text is .

A.the process of reaching decisions B.the difference between poker and chess C.the secret of making good business plans D.the value of information in winning games

60.An important factor in a game of imperfect information is

169

‖

A.rules B.luck C.time D.ideas

61.Which of the following can be used in place ofA.Quite right. B.True enough. C.Most unlikely. D.Just the opposite. 62.In the writer

‘s opinion，when making business decisions one should

―Quite the reverse？

‖

A.put perfect information before imperfect information B.accept the existence of unknown factors C.regard business as a game of chess D.mix known and unknown factors 答案59.A 60.B 61.D 62.B

第102题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

Excused from recycling（回收利用）because you live in a high rise with a rubbish chute（垃圾道）？You

won‘t be for long. Miamirecycle too.

In Shantzis

‘-Rise Recycling System Hi，a chute leads to a pie-shaped container with six boxes that can turn

‘s Mark Shantzis has made it simple for those living in tall buildings to use the chute and

around when operated.The system，which fits in the same space as the chute and container now in use，enables glass，plastic，paper，metal，and other rubbish to go into separate boxes.

The system is controlled from a board fixed next to the chute door.The board has a button for each class of recycling materials（as well as for unrecyclables）.At the press of a button，a microcomputer locks all other floorschute doors and sets the recycling container turning until the right box comes under the chute.The computer also

‘

170

counts the loads and gives a signal by phone when the box is full.And a particular piece of equipment breaks up the nonrecyclables.

Sorting（分类）recyclables before they are collected saves the use of expensive materials recovery equipment which otherwise has to do the sorting.Such equipment often makes recycled materials very expensive，so expensive that tons of recyclables remain wasted.Shantzis believes his system could help recycled materials become more cost-effective.

67.The purpose in writing this text is

A.to encourage people to recycle their rubbish B.to introduce a recycling system for high rises

C.to describe the use of computer technology in recycling D.to explain the need for rubbish collection in high rises 68.When he says

―You won‘t be for long

‖the writer means that .

A.you‘ll soon be living in a cleaner buildingB.rubbish chutes will become out of date before long C.you won‘t wait long for your turn to recycle rubbishD.it won

‘t be long before you

‘ll have to recycle your rubbish

69.Before dropping rubbish into the chute you have to A.lock the other floorsB.check if the container is full C.press the correct button D.break up the rubbish

70.The biggest advantage of this new system is that A.it reduces the cost of recycling B.it saves time and space

C.it saves money for people living in high rises

D.it makes better use of the existing recovery equipment

‘ chute doors

答案67.B 68.D

171

69.C 70.A

第103题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

Laptop（便携式）computers are popular all over the world.People use them on trains and airplanes，in airports and hotels.These laptops connect people to their workplace.In the United States today，laptops also connect students to their classrooms.

Westlake College in Virginia will start a laptop computer program that allows students to do schoolwork anywhere they want.Within five years，each of the 1，500 students at the college will riceive a laptop.The laptops are part of a $10 million computer program at Westlake，a 110-year-old college.The students with laptops will also have access to the Internet.In addition，they will be able to use e-mail to―speak‖with their teachers，their

classmates，and their families.

However，the most important part of the laptop program is that students will be able to use computers without going to computer labs.They can work with it at home，in a fast-food restaurant or under the trees－anywhere at all!

Because of the many changes in computer technology，laptop use in higher education such as colleges

and universities，is workable.As laptops become more powerful，they become more similar to desktop computers. In addition，the portable computers can connect students to not only the Internet，but also libraries and other resources.State higher-education officials are studying how laptops can help students.State officials also are testing laptop programs at other universities，too.

At Westlake College，more than 60 percent of the staff use computers.The laptops will allow all teachers

to use computers in their lessons.As one Westlake teacher said，―Here we are in the middle of Virginia and wegiving students a window on the world.They can see everything and do everything.

‖96.The main purpose of the laptop program is to give each student a laptop to .

A.use for their schoolwork B.access the Internet C.work at home

D.connect them to libraries 97.Why is the word

―speak‖in the second paragraph in quotation marks?

A.They don‘t really talk. B.They use the computer language.

172

‘

C.Laptops have speakers.

D.None of the above reasons is correct.

98.Which of the following is true about Westlake College? A.All teachers use computers. B.1，500 students have laptops. C.It is an old college in America. D.Students there can do everything.

99.A window on the world in the last paragraph means that students can A.attend lectures on information technology B.travel around the world

C.get information from around the world D.have free laptops

100.What can we infer（推断）from the passage? A.The program is successful. B.The program is not workable. C.The program is too expensive. D.We don‘t know the result yet. 答案96.A 97.A 98.C 99.C 100.D

第104题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

Most people feel lonely sometimes，but it usually only lasts between a few minutes and a few hours.This kind of loneliness is not serious.In fact，it is quite normal.For some people，though loneliness can last for years.Now researchers say there are three different types of loneliness.

The first kind of loneliness is temporary（暂时的）.This is the most common type.It usually disappears

quickly and does not require any special attention.The second kind，situational loneliness，is a natural result of a

173

particular situation－for example，a family problem，the death of a loved one，or moving to a new place.Although this kind of loneliness can cause physical problems，such as headaches and sleeplessness，it usually does not last for more than a year.

The third kind of loneliness is the most severe.Unlike the second type，chronic（长期的）loneliness usually lasts more than two years and has no specitic cause.People who experience habitual loneliness have problems socializing and becoming close to others.Unfortunately，many chronically lonely people think there is little or nothing they can do to improve their condition.

Psychologists agree that one important factor in loneliness is a person

contacts，e.g.，friends‘s social，

family members，co-workers，etc. We depened on various people for different reasons. For instance，our families give us emotional support，our parents and teachers give us guidance，and our friends share similar interests and activities. However psychologists have found that，though lonely people may have many social contacts they sometimes feel they should have more.They question their own popularity.

Psychologists are trying to find ways to help habitually lonely people for two reasons

：they are unhappy

and unable to socialize and there is a connection between chronic loneliness and serious illness such as heart disease.While temporary and situational loneliness can be a normal，healthy part of life，chronic loneliness can be a very sad，and sometimes dangerous，condition.

101.How would you treat temporary loneliness according to the passage? A.Talk to friends. B.Just ignore it. C.Go to see a doctor.

D.Ask your teachers for guidance.

102.―It‖e last sentence of the second paragraph refers to in thA.temporary loneliness B.situational loneliness C.a new place D.sleeplessness

103.The topic of the 4 paragraph is that _______. A.one problem of loneliness is a person

‘s social contacts

B.we depend on various people for different reasons C.lonely people don

‘t have many social problems

174

D.lonely people don‘t have many friends

104.Why do psychologists want to help chronically lonely people? A.Chronic loneliness can cause family problems. B.Chronic loneliness can cause serious illness. C.Chronic loneliness can not be overcome. D.A，B，and C are all correct.

105.What is the best title for the passage? A.Three Kinds of Loneliness. B.Loneliness and Diseases. C.Loneliness and Social Contacts. D.Chronic Loneliness. 答案101.B 102.B 103.A 104.B 105.A

第105题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷）题目

New York,10 November－5:27 p.m., yesterday. Biggest power failure in the city

‘s history.

Thousands of people got stuck in lifts. Martin Saltzman spent three hours between the 21st and 22nd floors of the Empire State Building.

―There were twelve of us. But no one panicked. We passed the time telling stories and

‘t let him. Firemen finally got us out.

‖said Angela Carraro, who runs an Italian restaurant on 42nd

playing word games. One man wanted to smoke but we didn

―It was the best night we

‘ve ever had,

‖

Street.We had lots of candles on the tables and the waiters were carrying candles on their trays. The place was full―－and all night, in fact ,for after we had closed, we let the people stay on and spend the night here.

The zoos had their problems like everyone else. Keepers worked through the night. They used blankets to keep flying squirrels and small monkeys warm. While zoos had problems keeping warm, supermarkets had problems keeping cool.Manhattan.

―All of our ice cream and frozen foods melted―They were worth $ 50,000.

‖

‖,said the manager of a store in downtown

‖

175

The big electric clock in the lobby(大厅）of the Waldorf－Astoria Hotel in downtown Manhattan started ticking(滴答）again at 5:25 this morning. It was almost on time.

56.Throughout the period of darkness, Martin Saltzman and the eleven others wereA.nervous B.excited C.calm D.frightened

57.In what way was the night of November 9 the best night for Angela Carraro? A.She had a taste of adventure. B.Burning candles brightened the place. C.Business was better than usual.

D.Many people stayed the night in her restaurant. 58.How long did the power failure last? A.Nearly 12 hours. B.More than 12 hours. C.Nearly 24 hours. D.More than 24 hours. 答案56.C 57.C 58.A

第106题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷）题目

The easy way out isn

‘t always easiest. I learned that lesson when I decided to treat Doug, my husband of one

month, to a special meal. I glanced through my cookbook and chose a menu which included homemade bread. Knowing the bread would take time, I started on it as soon as Doug left for work. As I was not experienced in cooking, I thought if a dozen was good, two dozen would be better, So I doubled everything. As Doug loved

oranges, I also opened a can of orange and poured it all into the bowl. Soon there was a sticky dough(面团）covered with ugly yellowish marks. Realizing I had been defeated, I put the dough in the rubbish bin outside so I wouldnot have to face Doug laughing at my work. I went on preparing the rest of the meal,and,when Doug got home,we sat

176

down to Cornish chicken with rice. He tried to enjoy the meal but seemed disturbed. Twice he got up and went outside,saying he thought he heard a noise. The third time he left,I went to the window to see what he was doing. Looking out,I saw Doug standing about three feet from the rubbish bin,Holding the lid up with a stick and looking into the container. When I came out of the house,he dropped the stick and explained that there was something alive in our rubbish bin. Picking up the stick again,he held the lid up enough for me to see. I felt cold. But I stepped closer and looked harder. Without doubt it was my work. The hot sun had caused the dough to double in size and the fermenting yeast（酵母）made the surface shake and sigh as though it were breathing. It looked like some unknown being from outer space. I could see why Doug was so shaken. I had to admit what the?living thingand why it was there. I don

59.The writer

‘t know who was more embarrassed(尴尬）by the whole thing—Doug or me.

‘s purpose in writing this story is

A.to tell an interesting experience

B.to show the easiest way out of a difficulty

C.to describe the trouble facing a newly married woman D.to explain the difficulty of learning to cook from books 60.Why did the woman

‘s attempt at making the bread turn out to be unsuccessful?

A.The canned orange had gone bad. B.She did

‘t use the right kind of flour.

C.The cookbook was hard to understand. D.She did not follow the directions closely.

61.Why did the woman put the dough in the rubbish bin? A.She didn

‘t see the use of keeping it.

B.She meant to joke with her husband. C.She didn

‘t want her husband to see it.

D.She hoped it would soon dry in the sun. 62.What made the dough in the bin look frightening? A.The rising and falling movement. B.The strange—looking marks. C.Its shape. D.Its size.

63.When Doug went out the third time,the woman looked out of the window because she was

177

A.surprised at his being interested in the bin B.afraid that he would discover her secret C.unhappy that he didn

‘t enjoy the meal

D.curious to know what disturbed him 答案59.A 60.D 61.C 62.A 63.D

第107题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷）题目

Decision-thinking is not unlike poker—it often matters not only what you think, but also what others think

you think and what you think they think you think. The mental process(

过程）is similar. Naturally,this card game

has often been of considerable interest to people who are,by any standards,good thinkers.

The great mathematician John von Neumann was one of the founders of game theory. In particular, he showed that all games fall into two classes: there are what he called games ofchess where the players can

‘t hide anything or play tricks: they don

information

‖,games like ―perfect

‘t win by chance, but by means of l

skills. Then there are games of?imperfect informationone course of action is better than another.

‘,like poker, in which it is impossible to know in advance

One mistaken idea about business is that it can be treated as a game of perfect information. Quite the reverse. Business, politics, life itself are games which we must normally play with very imperfect information. Business

decisions are often made with many unknown and unknowable factors(因素）which would even puzzle(困惑）best poker players. But few business people find it comfortable to admit that they are taking a chance,and many still prefer to believe that they are playing chess,not poker.

64.The subject discussed in this text isA.the process of reaching decisions B.the difference between poker and chess C.the secret of making good business plans D.the value of information in winning games

178

65.An important factor in a game of imperfect information isA.rules B.luck C.time D.ideas

66.Which of the following can be used in place ofA.Quite right. B.True enough. C.Most unlikely. D.Just the opposite. 67.In the writer

―Quite the reverse？‖

‘s opinion,when making business decisions one should.

A.put perfect information before imperfect information B.accept the existence of unknown factors C.regard business as a game of chess D.mix known and unknown factors 答案64.A 65.B 66.D 67.B

第108题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷）题目

Olaf Stapledon wrote a book called First and Last Men,in which he looked millions of years ahead. He told of different men and of strange civilisations(文明）,broken up by long?dark ages

‘in between. In his view,what is

called the present time is no more than a moment in human history and we are just the First Men. In 2,000 million years from now there will be the Eighteenth or Last Men.

However,most of our ideas about the future are really very short－sighted. Perhaps we can see some possibilities for the next fifty years. But the next hundred? The next thousand? The next million? Thatdifficult.

179

When men and women lived by hunting 50,000 years ago,how could they even begin to picture modern life? Yet to men of 50,000 years from now,we may seem as primitive(原始的）in our ideas as the Stone-Age hunters do to us. Perhaps they will spend their days gollocking to make new spundels, or struggling with their ballalatorsthrough the cribe. These words, which I have just made up, have to stand for things and ideas that we simply canthink of.

So why bother even to try imagining life far in the future? Here are two reasons. First,unless we remember

how short our own lives are compared with the whole human history,we are likely to think our own interests are much more important than they really are. If we make the earth a poor place to live on because we are careless or greedy(贪婪）or quarrelsome,our grandchildren will not bother to think of excuses for us.

Second,by trying to escape from present interests and imagine life far in the future,we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that we can use ourselves. For example,if we imagine that in the future men may give up farming,we can think of trying it now. So set your imagination free when you think about the future.

68.A particular mention made of Stapledon

A.serves as a description of human history B.serves as an introduction to the discussion C.shows a disagreement of views D.shows the popularity of the book

69.The text discusses men and women 50,000 years ago and 50,000 years from now in order to show that

A.human history is extremely long B.life has changed a great deal

C.it is useless to plan for the next 50 years D.it is difficult to tell what will happen in the future 70.Spundels and ballalators are used in the text to refer to

A.tools used in farming B.ideas about modern life C.unknown things in the future D.hunting skills in the Stone Age

71.According to the writer of the text,imagining the future will

A.serve the interests of the present and future generations

‘s book in the opening paragraph.

180

B.enable us to better understand human history C.help us to improve farming D.make life worth living 答案68.B 69.D 70.C 71.A

第109题普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（广东卷）题目

Excused from recycling（回收利用）because you live in a high rise with a rubbish chute（垃圾道）?You won‘t be for long. Miamitoo.

In Shantzis

‘－ HiRise Recycling System, a chute leads to a pie-shaped container with six boxes that can

‘s Mark Shantzis has made it simple for those living in tall buildings to use the chute and recycle

turn around when operated. The system，which fits in the same space as the chute and container now in use,enables glass，plastic,paper,metal,and other rubbish to go into separate boxes.

The system is controlled from a board fixed next to the chute door. The board has a button for each class

of recycling materials（as well as for unrecyclables）.At the press of a button,a microcomputer locks all other floors

‘chute doors and sets the recycling container turning until the right box comes under the chute. The computer

also counts the loads and gives a signal by phone when the box is full. And a particular piece of equipment breaks up the nonrecyclables.

Sorting(分类）recyclables before they are collected saves the use of expensive materials recovery equipment which otherwise has to do the sorting. Such equipment often makes recycled materials very expensive, so expensive that tons of recyclables remain wasted. Shantzis believes his system could help recycled materials become more cost－effective.

72.The purpose in writing this text is

A.to encourage people to recycle their rubbish B.to introduce a recycling system for high rises

C.to describe the use of computer technology in recycling D.to explain the need for rubbish collection in high rises

181

73.When he says―You won‘t be for long‖the writer means that.

A.you‘ll soon be living in a cleaner buildingB.rubbish chutes will become out of date before long C.you won‘t wait long for your turn to recycle rubbishD.it won

‘t be long before you

‘ll have to recycle your rubbish

74.Before dropping rubbish into the chute you have toA.lock the other floorsB.check if the container is full C.press the correct button D.break up the rubbish

75.The biggest advantage of this new system is thatA.it reduces the cost of recycling B.it saves time and space

C.it saves money for people living in high rises

D.it makes better use of the existing recovery equipment 答案72.B 73.D 74.C 75.A

第110题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

‘ chute doors

London has a new magazine.But it is not printed on paper.Everyone who has a television can receive it because it is on TV.

In order to read this magazine you have to have a decoder.Each page of it is numbered，so you only have to

dial the number to choose which subject you want to read about.There is a wide choice-everything is included from cooking to the latest sports news.

If you want to read the news，the first thing you have to do is to turn to the index(索引）page which has an

easy-to-remember page number，100 for example.Then you start choosing what you want to read.The news is on pages 101 to 109 so you push out the numbers and the news appears written across your screen.Perhaps you want to

182

go out in the afternoon，so you press 181，and a brightly colored weather map appears on the screen.But the weather is terrible so you decide to go shopping and dial 162 for a list ofThe week

‘s best bargains.But should

take the train?To answer that question you only have to press 189 for the traffic report.It is very simple to use.But probably the best thing about the service is that it is being updated all the time.Journalists type new material directly onto the screen and whole pages of the magazine can be replaced in minutes.

London already has three services.One，transmitted(输送）by ITV，is called ORACLE while the other two，

on BBC，are called CEEFAX because they let you see facts.Although CEEFAX and ORACLE have been operating for some time，they have not been well publicized.BBC engineers do not think that their idea will ever replace books and newspapers because they can be taken with you everywhere.But many people would agree that this is a breakthrough as great as the invention of printing，which could change not just our reading habits but our whole way of life.

71.The novelty(新颖）A.its paperlessness B.its unique viewpoint C.its simplicity in operation D.its quickness in transmission 72.We can know from the passage that

of the magazine lies in

A.the magazine is available at any local newsagent

B.most of the postmen in London will lose their jobs someday C.the readers can get all kinds of information staying at home D.everyone can read this magazine if they have a television

73.In the sentence―Each page of it is numbered，here―‖it‖refers to theA.decoder B.magazine C.program D.subject

74.According to the passage,theA.calculate the sum of certain figures

B.receive some special TV program for entertainment C.go shopping and have other entertainment

―decoder‖is used to help people.

183

D.read the information transmitted by TV signals 75.The passage is mainly aboutA.a new magazine printed in London B.a popular TV program about magazines

C.an advanced technology helping people to communicate D.an up-to-date way of keeping up to date 答案71.A 72.C 73.B74.D75.D

总题数：14 题

第111题普通高等学校春季招生考试英语（京皖卷）题目

The United States:

Fliers may want to have their tickets in hand before catching their planes, but the airline

companies are doing everything they can to bring forward cost-saving ticketless flight- no paper needed, just a ticket number and a photo ID(带照片的身份证）

. Anyone who buys a Northwest E-ticket through the airline's

computer service by June 16 will get an award(奖励）. Next time you fly, you can buy another ticket for a friend for $99, good anywhere in the US or Canada through Feb. 12, 2000, along with the lowest ticket prices. Some airlines offer extra frequent-flier miles for the ticketless crowd. And there are rising punishments for paper lovers.

American, Northwest, United, and last week，US Airways have raised the cost for lost-ticket replacement(替换）to $70 from either $60 or $50 . The airlines insist that the increase in price is not meant to push travelers toward E-tickets but only covers the increasing cost of replacing and tracking a missing ticket.

67. Why is the new ticketless flight introduced? A. It is cheaper for air travelers. B. It helps reduce the cost for airlines. C. It can use computer to plan air traveling. D. It helps prevent fliers from losing their tickets.

184

68. To encourage people to take ticketless flights, the airlines _______. A. sell their tickets for $99 from June to February the following year B. let travelers go to both the US and Canada with the same tickets C. allow each traveler to have an extra $99 ticket for a friend of theirs D. offer ticketless travelers free miles to fly in the US 69. Who are the paper lovers mentioned in the text? A. People who like to have paper airplane tickets. B. People who love paper products of various kinds. C. People who travel with paper on a plane.

D. People who have lost their ticket and buy a second one.

70. The airline companies say that they have raised the lost-ticket replacement price in order to ____________.

A. attract travelers to take ticketless flights B. punish those who insist on using paper tickets C. do better than other airline companies D. pay for the work to deal with lost tickets 答案67. B 68. C 69. A 70. D

第112题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

Computer people talk a lot about the need for other people to become

experts (专家）

agree that this is a good idea.

literate

―‖computer. But not all

One pioneer, in particular, who disagrees is David Tebbutt, the founder of Computertown UK. Although many people see this as a successful attempt to bring people closer to the computer, David does not see it that day. He says that Compuutertown UK was formed for just the opposite reason, to bring computers to people and make them ―people literate.

‖

185

David Tebbutt thinks Computertown are most successful when tied to a computer club but he insists there

is an important difference between the two. The clubs are for people who have some computer knowledge already. This frightens away nonexperts, who are happier going to Computertown where there are computers for them to experiment on, with experts to encourage them and answer any question they have. They are not told what to do, they find out. The computer experts have to learn not to tell people about computers, but have to be able to answer all questions people ask, people don't have to learn computer terms (术语）, but the experts have to explain in plain language. The computers are becoming

―literatepeople‖．

56. Which of the following is David Tebbutt's idea on the relationship between people and computers? A. Computer learning should be made easier. B. There should be more computer clubs for experts. C. People should work harder to master computer use.

D. Computers should be made cheaper so that people can afford them. 57. We can infer from the text that A. being able to afford a computer B. being able to write computer programs

C. working with the computer and finding out its value D. understanding the computer and knowing how to use it

58. The underlined word ―it‖in the second paragraph refers to the idea that Computertowns _______.A. help to set up more computer clubs B. bring people to learn to use computers C. bring more experts to work together D. help to sell computers to the public

59. David Tebbutt started Computertown UK with the purpose of _______. A. making better use of computer experts B. improving computer programs C. increasing computer sales D. popularizing computers 答案

56.答案：A。

―computer-literate

‖ means _______.

186

解析：这是一个细节题。从第二段He says that Computertown UK was formed for just the opposite reason, to bring computers to people and make them学习计算机。

57.答案：D。

解析：这是一个句意理解题。从第一段Computer people talk a lot about the need for other people to become ―computer-literate

‖. But not all experts (专家）agree that this is a good idea.和下文的对立观点可知，

‖。

-literate―people 可知，‖．David Tebbutt的观点是要使人们更加容易地

―computer-literate的意思是‖．―人们不仅要利用计算机而且要了解计算机

58.答案：B。

解析：这是一个词意理解题。从文中

Although many people see this as a successful attempt to bring people

closer to the computer, David does not see it that day.可知，―it指的是‖bring people to learn to use computers。

59.答案：D。

解析：这是一个细节题。从第二、三自然段中所提供的信息及建立Computertown UK的目的是普及计算机。

第113题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

When a group of children politely stop a conversation with you, saying,

David Tebbutt的观点可知，David Tebbutt

―We have to go to work now,

left feeling surprised and certainly uneasy. After all, this the 1990s and the idea of children working is just unthinkable. That is, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the to go on the stage in a theatre.

Stage schools often act as agencies (代理机构）

worthy of the name

―stage school

to supply children for stage and television work. More

―work‖they go o

‖are those few places where children attend full time, with a training for the

theatre and a general education.

A visit to such schools will leave you in no doubt that the children enjoy themselves. After all, what

lively children wouldn't settle for spending only half the day doing ordinary school work, and acting, singing or dancing their way through the other half of the day?

Then of course there are times for the children to make a name and make a little money in some big shows. Some stage schools give their children too much professional work at such a young age. But the law is very tight on the amount they can do. Those under 13 are limited to 40 days in the year; those over 13 do 80 days.The schools themselves admit that not all children will be successful in the profession for which they are being trained. So what

187

happens to those who don't make it? While all the leading schools say they place great importance on children getting good study results, the facts seem to suggest this is not always the case.

67. People would stop feeling uneasy when realising that the children they're talking to _______. A. attend a stage school C. have got some work to do

B. are going to the theatre D. love singing and dancing

68. In the writer's opinion, a good stage school should _______. A. produce star performers

B. help pupils improve their study skills C. train pupils in language and performing arts D. provide a general education and stage training 69. ―Profession workA. ordinary school work

‖as used in the text means _______.B. money-making performances

C. stage training at school D. acting, singing or dancing after class

70. Which of the following best describes how the writer feels about stage schools? A. He thinks highly of what they have to offer.

B. He favours an early start in the training of performing arts. C. He feels uncomfortable about children putting on night shows. D. He doubts the standard of ordinary education they have reached. 答案

67.答案：A。

解析：这是一道细节题。从第一段That is, until you are told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the ―work‖they go off to is to go on the stage in theatre.可知，当人们得知孩子们所说的stage school，才放心。

68.答案：D。

解析：这是一道归纳判断题。从第二段

More worthy of the name ―stage school‖are those few places where

可知，作者认为一个好的

stage

―work是指他们进了‖

children attend full time, with a training for the theatre and a general education.school应该提供普通教育和舞台训练。

69.答案：C。

解析：这是一道词意理解题。从文中提供的信息可知，70.答案：D。

Professional work指的是stage training at school.

188

解析：这是一道推理判断题。从最后一段While all the leading schools say they place great importance on

children getting good study results, the facts seem to suggest this is not always the case.可知，作者对孩子们是否在这样的学校里可以受到正常的教育感到怀疑。

第114题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

Millions of people pass through the gates of Disney's entertainment parks in California, Florida and Japan each year. What makes these places an almost universal attraction? What makes foreign kings and queens and other important people want to visit these Disney parks? Well, one reason is the way they're treated once they get there. The people at Disney go out of their way to serve their enjoy themselves.

All new employees, from vice presidents to par-time workers, begin their employment by attending

Disney University and taking

―Traditions 1\". Here, they learn about the company's history, how it is managed and

―guests\

why it is successful. They are shown how each department relates to the whole. All employees are shown how their part is important in making the park a success.

After passing

―Traditions 1\pecific (具体的）

jobs. No detail is missed. A simple job like taking tickets requires four eight-hour days of training. When one ticket taker was asked why it took so much training for such a simple, ordinary job, he replied,

wants to know where the restrooms are, when the parade starts or what bus to take back to the campgrounds?need to know the answers or where to get them quickly. Our constant aim is to help our guests enjoy the party.\"

Even Disney's managers get involved in the daily management of the park. Every year, the managers leave their desks and business suits and put on special service clothes. For a full week, the bosses sell hot dogs or ice cream, take tickets or drive the monorail (单轨车）, and take up any of the 100 jobs that make the entertainment park come alive. The managers agree that this week helps them to see the company's goals more clearly.

All these efforts to serve the public well have made Walt Disney Productions famous. Disney is

considered by many as the best mass service provider in America or the world. As one long-time business observer once said,

― How Disney treats people, communicates with them, rewards them, is in my view the very reason for

… I have watched, very carefully and with great respect and admiration, the theory and

―What

his fifty years of success

practice of selling satisfaction and serving millions of people on a daily basis, successfully. It is what Disney does best.\"

71. The first day they come to Disney parks, all new employees _______.

189

A. begin by receiving on-the-job training B. must learn several jobs C. begin as ticket takers

D. have already attended Disney University

72. The main objective of the Disney employees is to _______. A. learn all parts of the business

B. see that their guests enjoy themselves C. be able to answer all kinds of questions D. keep their important guests happy

73. Each year, managers wear special service clothes and work in the park to _______. A. set a good example for employees

B. remind themselves of their beginnings at Disney C. gain a better view of the company's objectives D. replace employees on holiday

74.Which is the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. Tourist learn the history of Disney in its entertainment parks. B. Disney attracts people almost from all over the world. C. Parades are regularly held in Disney's entertainment parks.

D. Disney's managers are able to do almost all kinds of work in the Disney parks. 75. This passage is mainly about _______. A. how Disney employees are trained

B. the history and traditions of the Disney enterprises C. why Disney enterprises make a lot of money D. the importance Disney places on serving people well

答案

71.答案：A。

解析：这是一个细节题。从第二段All new employees, from vice presidents to part- time workers, begin their employment by attending Disney University and taking 新职员必须进行工作培训。

和后面所讲述的训练情况，可知，每一个―Traditions 1\".

the-job training的意思是―在职培训‖。

190

72.答案：B。

解析：这是一个细节题。根据文中第三自然段最后一句话party.可知，迪斯尼乐园职工的目的是让客人过得高兴。

73.答案：C。

解析：这是一个细节题。根据第四段提供的信息

Every year, the managers leave their desks and business

The managers agree that this week helps them to Our constant aim is to help our guests enjoy the

objective的意思是―目的‖与aim（目标）同义。

suits and put on special service clothes.和这一段的最后一句话

see the company's goals more clearly.可知，经理们每年穿上特殊的工作服的目的是更好地认清迪斯尼乐园的办园目的。goals的意思是―目标‖与objectives同义。

74.答案：A。

解析：这是一个判断题。通读全文可知，选项史，而是进行娱乐活动。

75.答案：D。

解析：这是一个主旨题。通篇文章主要是介绍了迪斯尼公司严格的训练管理和优质的服务。迪斯尼公司把为游客服务放在重要的位置。

第115题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

Do you like to eat out? Do you like to eat quickly? Do you like inexpensive food? Some people go to

fast-food restaurants for these reasons. In the past, people usually went to diners (路边小餐馆）for these reasons. In fact, many people in the States still go to diners today for the same reasons.

A man named Walter Scott had the first

―diner‖ in 1872. It wasn't really a diner. It was only a food cart. A是错误的。因为游客到迪斯尼的目的不是学习它的历

People on the street walked up to the cart to buy food. These carts served late-night workers who wanted a cup of coffee and all late-night meal. The meal was a sandwich or boiled eggs. In 1887, Samuel Jones built the first diner big enough to allow the customers to come inside. However, they did not sit down. Later, people built diners with counters and stools, and people sat down while they ate.

Before long, many diners stayed open around the clock. In other words, people were able to eat in a diner

at any time. Diners changed in other ways, too. The original menu of sandwiches and coffee became bigger. It included soup, favorite dish, and a breakfast menu. In addition, diners soon became permanent buildings. They were no longer carts on wheels.

191

Diners today look similar to the diners of the early 1900s. They are usually buildings with large windows.

Inside, the diners have shining counters with stools, booths, and tables and chairs. People can eat all three meals in a modern diner.

Today, many people eat in fast-food restaurants such as McDonald's and Burger King. However, the diner remains an American tradition, and thousands of people still enjoy eating there. It was popular a century ago, and it is still popular today.

76. A man named Walter Scott had the first A. Because it is spelled differently from B. Because the first diner was not a real diner. C. Because diner was a new word.

D. Because it is a special kind of restaurant. 77. What meals did the first diners serve? A. Only breakfast. C. Only night-meals.

B. Only lunch. D. All of the above.

―diner‖ in 1872. Why is diner in quotation marks(引号）？―dinner.\"

78. According to paragraph 3, diners changed in _______. A. two ways C. four ways

B. three ways D.five ways

79. Which of the following is NOT true according to the passage? A. Diners existed before fast-food restaurants.

B. The menu included more food than sandwiches and coffee. C. Burger King is a fast-food restaurant. D. Sandwiches became bigger.

80. The main idea of the passage is _______.

A. the diner is a traditional, popular place to eat in the United States

B. Samuel Jones built the first diner big enough to allow the customers to come inside C. American diners serve many types of food 24 hours a day to their customers D. diners are different from fast-food restaurants in many ways 答案

76.答案：B。

192

解析：这是一道细节题。文中第二段中A man named Walter Scott had the first ―diner\" in 1872. It wasn't

所以要给diner

really a diner. It was only a food cart.可知，最初的diner不是真正的路边小餐馆而是一种餐车。一词加引号。

77.答案：C。

解析：这是一道细节题。从第二段中

These carts served late- night workers who wanted a cup of coffee and

all late-night meal.可知，这些餐车仅提供宵夜。

78.答案：B。

解析：这是一道细节题。从文中第三段可以看出路边小餐馆在三个方面发生了变化：

① people were able

to eat in a diner at any time. ② The original menu of sandwiches and coffee became bigger. ③diners soon became permanent buildings。

79.答案：D。

解析：这是一道理解题。文中第三段The original menu of sandwiches and coffee became bigger.中的bigger并不是表示―三明治比以前大了物。这个意思从后面的句子

80.答案：A。

解析：这是一道综合题。可以从全文进行综合，也可以从最后一段的最后两句话

However, the diner

‖，而是表示除了原来的两种食物三明治和咖啡外，

食谱上又增加了其他的食

It included soup, favorite dish, and a breakfast menu.得到了进一步的证实。

remains an American tradition, and thousands of people still enjoy eating there. It was popular a century ago, and it is still popular today.进行综合。

第116题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

Today, roller skating is easy and fun. But a long time ago, it wasn't easy at all. Before 1750, the idea of skating didn't exist. That changed because of a man named Joseph Merlin. Merlin's work was making musical instruments. In his spare time he liked to play the violin. Joseph Merlin was a man of ideas and dreams. People called him a dreamer.

One day Merlin received an invitation to attend a fancy dress ball (化装舞会）. He was very pleased and a little excited. As the day of the party came near, Merlin began to think how to make a grand entrance at the party. He had an idea. He thought he would get a lot of attention if he could skate into the room.

Merlin tried different ways to make himself roll. Finally, he decided to put two wheels

under each shoe.

These were the first roller skates. Merlin was very proud of his invention and dreamed of arriving at the party on wheels while playing the violin.

193

On the night of the party Merlin rolled into the room playing his violin. Everyone was astonished to see him. There was just one problem. Merlin had no way to stop his roller skates. He rolled on and on. Suddenly, he ran into a huge mirror that was hanging on the wall. Down fell the mirror, breaking to pieces. Nobody forgot Merlin's grand entrance for a long time!

51. The text is mainly about _______. A. a strange man B. an unusual party C. how roller skating began

D. how people enjoyed themselves in the 18th century

52. People thought Merlin was a dreamer because he _______. A. often gave others surprises B. was a gifted musician C. invited the roller skates

D. was full of imagination

53. Merlin put wheels under his shoes in order to _______. A. impress the party guests B. arrived at the party sooner C. test his invention

D. show his skill in walking on wheels

54. What is the main point the writer is trying to make in the last paragraph? A. The roller skates needed further improvement. B. The party guests took Merlin for a fool. C. Merlin succeeded beyond expectation. D. Merlingot himself into trouble. 答案

51.答案：C。

解析：这是一道归纳题。这篇文章主要讲述了

roller skating是如何产生的。第三段中的

Merlin tried

different ways to make himself roll. Finally, he decided to put two wheels under each shoe. These were the first roller skates.说明这是第一次

52.答案：D。

解析：这是一道细节题。文中第一段是一个充满梦想的人。

53.答案：A。

Joseph Merlin was a man of ideas and dreams.可知，Joseph Merlin

roller skating。

194

解析：这是一道细节题。文章第二段Merlin began to think how to make a grand entrance at the party. He had an idea. He thought he would get a lot of attention if he could skate into the room. 深刻印象才导致了

54.答案：C。

解析：这是一道主旨题。后一段最后一句话

Merlin之所以发明roller skate的目的是想使人们对他产生深刻印象。根据最

可知没有人忘记这次伟大的入场。

表

roller skate的发明。

说明他为了想使人们对他产生

Nobody forgot Merlin's grand entrance for a long time!

明Merlin实现了自己的期望。

第117题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

―As I stood in front of the grave (墓）of President Richard Nixon, I was thinking about the time 25 year

ago when this president helped bring the United States and China closer together.

This remark was made by a Shanghai student when speaking to his fellow student at the Nixon library in California, USA. He was one of 80 middle school students from China attending a month-The Summit was to mark the 25th anniversary (周年）turning point in China-US relations.

The Youth Summit was aimed at increasing understanding and friendship between young students of the two countries through visits and discussions. Seventy

five American students were selected to visit China. They also

of President Nixon

long―Youth Summit‖.

‖　

‘s journey to China, which was the

visited the Nixon Library on July 21 Before leaving for Beijing the next day. The head of the Library said he was pleased to see the American and Chinese students talking and laughing together.

One Chinese student said,

―I didn

‘t find it particularly difficult to talk with Americans. We have our

‖

differences, but we have a lot in common. Dialogue is good for us.

55. The words

―Youth Summit‖ refer to _______.

A. visits to the Nixon's Library

B. the Chinese students' visit to the US

C. a meeting discussing relations between China and the US

D. activities to strengthen the ties between the Chinese and Americans students

56. The students from Shanghai thought about the time 25 years ago because it was when Nixon _______. A. died

B. visited China

C. became US president D. started building the library in his name 57. The test is mainly about _______.

195

A. the China-US relations C. President Nixon 答案

55.答案：D。

B. the Nixon Library D. the Youth Summit

解析：这是一道猜意题。可根据全文的意思，也可根据第三段中第一句话来判断。56.答案：B。

解析：这是一道细节题。可根据第二段中journey to china

来判断此答案为…

B。

the Summit was to mark the 25th anniversary of President Nixon's

57.答案：D。

解析：这是一道主旨题。全篇文章都是围绕着

the Youth Summit来介绍中美学生加强中美关系的活动。

第118题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

At 9:00 Dick Spivak's bank telephoned and said his payment was late.

―The check is in the post,

交通）

replied quickly. At 11:45 Dick left for a 12:00 meeting across town. Arriving late, he explained that traffic (had been bad. That evening, Dick's girlfriend wore a new dress. He hated it.

―It looks just great on you,

Three lies in one day! Yet Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man. Each time, he told himself that sometimes the truth causes too many problems. Most of us tell much the same white lies, harmless untruths that help to save trouble. How often do we tell white lies? It depends in part on our age, education, and even where we live. According to one US study, women are more truthful than men, and honesty increases as we get older.

While most people use little white lies to make life easier, the majority of Americans care about honesty in both public and personal life. They say that people today are less honest than they were ten years ago. Although it is believed that things are getting worse, lying seems to be an age-old human problem. The French philosopher(哲学家）Vauvenarges, writing in the eighteenth century, touched on the truth when he wrote, truthful and die liars (说谎者）.‖

58. When the writer says

―Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man,

‖ he means _______.

―All men are born

A. it is common that people tell white lies B. Dick could do nothing about bad traffic C. it is common that people delay their payment D. Dick found it hard to deal with everyday problems 59. According to the text, Most Americans _______.

196

A. hate white lies C. value honesty

B. believe white lies D. consider others dishonest

60. Vauvenarges' remark suggests that _______. A. lying is an age -old human problem B. dishonesty increases as people get older C. people were dishonest in the 18th century D. it is social conditions that make people tell lies 答案

58.答案：A。

解析：这是一道分析判断题。文中第二段中的

Most of us tell much the same white lies, harmless, untruths

‖。

that help to save trouble.所以Dick Spivak is just an ordinary man.就说明―人们讲善意的谎言这件事很普遍的

59.答案：C。

解析：这是一道细节题。文中第三段personal life.提示了该题的答案。

60.答案：D。

解析：这是一道寓意题。这道题是对整篇文章的概括和归纳。既然说谎在某种程度上是由年龄教养、居住的环境决定的，又因它是一个久远的人类问题。所以这是由社会环境造成的。

第119题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（全国卷）题目

As prices and building costs keep rising, the do-it-yourself (DIY

grow.

―We needed furniture (家具）

for our living room,

‖ says John Ross,

…the majority of Americans care about honesty in both public and

）trend (趋势）in the U.S. continues to

―And we just didn't have enough

money to buy it. So we decide to try making a few tables and chairs.‖ John got married six months ago, and like

many young people these days, they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high. The Rosses took a 2-week course for $280 at a night school. Now they build all their furniture and make repairs around the house.

Jim Hatfield has three boys and his wife died. He has a full-time job at home as well as in a shoe making

factory. Last month, he received a car repair bill for $420. repair course, I should be able to fix the car by myself.

‖

―I was deeply upset about it. Now I've finished a car

197

John and Jim are not unusual people. Most families in the country are doing everything they can to save

money so they can fight the high cost of living. If you want to beco

me a ―-it -doyourselfer

‖, you can go to DIY

classes. And for those who don't have time to take a course, there are books that tell you how you can do things yourself.

66. We can learn from the text that many newly married people _______. A. find it hard to pay for what they need B. have to learn to make their own furniture C. take DIY courses run by the government D. seldom go to a department store to buy things

67. John and his wife went to evening classes to learn how to _______. A. run a DIY shop B. make it repair things C. save time and money

D. improve the quality of life

68. When the writer says that Jim has a full-time at home, he means Jim _______. A. makes shoes in his home B. does extra work at night

C. does his own car and home repairs D. keeps house and looks after his children

69. Jim Hatfield decided to become a do-it-yourselfer when _______. A. his car repairs cost too much B. the car repair class was not helpful C. he could not possibly do two jobs D. he had to raise the children all by himself 70. What would be the best title for the text? A. The Joy of DIY.

B. You Can Do It too!

C. Welcome to Our DIY course! D. Ross and Hatfield: Believe in DIY.

答案

66.答案：A。

解析：这是一道分析题。可从文中第二段中找到两处信息。第一处是新婚青年John Ross说的话―We needed furniture for our living room, and we just didn't have enough money to buy it. 第二处是John婚后建立家‖

庭的艰难情况

―…they are struggling to make a home at a time when the cost of living is very high.故答案为A。198

‖

67.答案：B。

解析：这是一道细节题。短文第二段最后两句

The Rosses took a 2 -week course for $280 at a night school.

Now they build all their furniture and make repairs around the house.是该题的信息。

68.答案：D。

解析：这是一道推理判断题。如果我们把短文第三段第二句shoe making factory.和该短文首句案。

69.答案：A。

解析：这是一道细节题。可根据第三段的几句话来判断。一是

Last month, he received a car repair bill for He has a full-time job at home as well as in a

Jim Hatfield has three boys and his wife died.结合在一起，就能判断出此答

$420. 二是―I was deeply upset about it .三是―Now I've finished a car repair course, I s‖　hould be able to fix the car by myself.

‖　

70.答案：B。

解析：这是一道主旨题。短文首句

As prices and building costs keep rising 点明了―自立‖趋势在美国发展

的原因，其他段落具体说明了因付不起生活所需而自己动手修车等。面对高消费的社会，你本人应当怎么办是短文的最主要的内容。

短文最后两句

If you want to become a

-it-―doyourselfer‖, you can go to DIY classes.

给

And for those who don't have time to take a course, there are books that tell you how you can do things yourself.你指明了方向。纵观文意，故

B为最佳答案。

第120题(普通高等学校夏季招生考试英语（上海卷）题目

Without proper planning, tourism can cause problems. For example, too many tourists can crowd public places that are also enjoyed by the inhabitants of a country. If tourists create too much traffic, the inhabitants become annoyed and unhappy. They begin to dislike tourists and to treat them impolitely. They forget how much tourism can help the country's economy. It is important to think about the people of a destination(

目的地）country

and how tourism affects them. Tourism should help a country keep the customs and beauty that attract tourists. Tourism should also advance the well-being (health and happiness）of local inhabitants.

Too much tourism can be a problem. If tourism grows too quickly, people leave other jobs to work in the tourism industry. This means that other parts of the country's economy can suffer

On the other hand, if there is not enough tourism, people can lose jobs. Businesses can also lose money. It costs a great deal of money to build large hotels, airports, air terminals, first-class roads, and other support facilities(设施）needed by tourist attractions. For example, a major international-class tourism hotel can cost as

199

much as 50 thousand dollars per room to build. If this room is not used most of the time, the owners of the hotel lose money.

Building a hotel is just a beginning. There must be many support facilities as well, including roads to get

to the hotel, electricity, sewers (阴沟）to handle waste, and water. All of these support facilities cost money. If they are not used because there are not enough tourists, jobs and money are lost.

81. Which of the following has most probably been discussed in the paragraph that goes before the passage? A. It is extremely important to develop tourism. B. Building roads and hotels is necessary. C. Support facilities are highly necessary. D. Planning is of great importance to tourism.

82. Too much tourism can cause all these problems EXCEPT _______. A. a bad impact on other industries B. a change of tourists' customs C. overcrowdedness of places of interest D. pressure on traffic

83. Not enough tourism can lead to _______. A. an increase of unemployment C. the higher cost of support facilities

B. a decrease in tourist attractions D. a rise in price and a fall in pay

84. It is good for local people to be well aware that tourism will _______. A. use up a large amount of water C. help establish their traditions

B. weaken their economy D. help improve their life

85. The word handle in the last paragraph most probably means _______. A.carry away 答案

81.答案：D。

解析：这是一道猜意题。因为文章本身的主题是讨论旅游带来的问题。但从文章的第一句话：proper planning, tourism can cause problems. 可以猜出只有选项

82.答案：A。

解析：这是一道判断题。可以从文章的第一段中的细节排除83.答案：D。

A、C、D。D是正确答案。

Without

B. pick up

C. get in

D. take down

200

因篇幅问题不能全部显示，请点此查看更多更全内容

查看全文

全部栏目

近十年全国高考英语阅读理解真题汇编